Chapter 1: We the Travellers – I
हम यात्री – १ (बड़ी संख्याएँ एवं यात्रा गणना)
- Reading, writing and representing 4-digit, 5-digit, and 6-digit numbers using the Indian Place Value System.
- Indian Numbering System comma placement: Ones, Tens, Hundreds, Thousands (Th, T-Th), Lakhs (L, T-L).
- Place Value and Face Value: Place value of a digit = Face value × Value of place position.
- Expanded notation: e.g., 58,406 = 50,000 + 8,000 + 400 + 0 + 6.
- Forming smallest and greatest numbers from given digits and solving digit-swap puzzles.
- Travel arithmetic: Distance, Speed, Time relationship: Distance = Speed × Time.
(a) 8045
(b) 20869
(c) 75034
(d) 10599 Indian Numeration • Periods & Commas 3 Marks
• (a) 8045: Comma insertion: 8,045. Number Name: Eight thousand forty-five.
• (b) 20869: Comma insertion: 20,869. Number Name: Twenty thousand eight hundred sixty-nine.
• (c) 75034: Comma insertion: 75,034. Number Name: Seventy-five thousand thirty-four.
• (d) 10599: Comma insertion: 10,599. Number Name: Ten thousand five hundred ninety-nine.
(a) 456, 567, 678, _____, _____
(b) 10,100, 10,200, 10,300, _____, _____, 10,600
(c) 73,005, 72,004, 71,003, _____, _____
(d) 2,500, 5,000, 7,500, _____, _____ Number Sequences • Pattern Finding 3 Marks
• (a) 456, 567, 678: Rule is add 111 (+111). Next: 678 + 111 = 789; then 789 + 111 = 900.
• (b) 10,100, 10,200, 10,300: Rule is add 100 (+100). Next: 10,400, then 10,500.
• (c) 73,005, 72,004, 71,003: Rule is subtract 1,001 (-1,001). Next: 70,002, then 69,001.
• (d) 2,500, 5,000, 7,500: Rule is add 2,500 (+2,500). Next: 10,000, then 12,500.
(b) Arrange in ascending order: 23,516; 52,823; 30,512; 30,125; 42,222.
(c) Riya took the number 26,053 and swapped two digits to make a new number between 50,000 and 60,000. Which digits did she swap, and what is the new number? Comparing Numbers • Ordering 3 Marks
• (a) Comparison: In ten-thousands, thousands, and hundreds places, both numbers are equal (6, 8, 9). Looking at tens place, 5 > 0. Therefore: 68,950 > 68,905.
• (b) Ascending Order: Smallest to largest: 23,516 < 30,125 < 30,512 < 42,222 < 52,823.
• (c) Digit Swap: To get a number in the 50,000s, the ten-thousands digit (2) must be replaced by 5. Swapping digits 2 and 5 gives: 56,023 (which lies between 50,000 and 60,000).
(a) Find the total distance traveled.
(b) Find their average speed during the New Delhi to Jaipur journey.
(c) Find the total travel time for the entire journey. Travel Arithmetic • Distance & Speed 3 Marks
• (a) Total Distance: 280 km + 395 km = 675 km.
• (b) Average Speed (Delhi to Jaipur): Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 280 ÷ 5 = 56 km/h.
• (c) Total Travel Time: 5 hours + 7 hours = 12 hours.
(b) Calculate the difference between the greatest and smallest numbers formed. Forming Numbers • Place Value Rules 3 Marks
• Greatest 5-digit number: Arrange digits in descending order: 85,320.
• Smallest 5-digit number: 0 cannot be the leading digit. Smallest non-zero digit is 2, followed by 0, then ascending digits: 20,358.
• (b) Difference: 85,320 - 20,358 = 64,962.
2. Place Value Expansion Table:
• Lakhs (L): 8 × 1,00,000 = 8,00,000
• Ten Thousands (TTh): 4 × 10,000 = 40,000
• Thousands (Th): 5 × 1,000 = 5,000
• Hundreds (H): 2 × 100 = 200
• Tens (T): 1 × 10 = 10
• Ones (O): 9 × 1 = 9
Expanded Notation: 8,00,000 + 40,000 + 5,000 + 200 + 10 + 9.
(a) Which city has a greater population?
(b) By how much is it greater?
(c) Round both populations to the nearest thousand. Place Value Comparison • City Populations 3 Marks
• (a) Comparison: Lakhs (7) and Ten-Thousands (8) are equal. At Thousands place, City A has 5 and City B has 2. Since 5 > 2, City A has a greater population (7,85,420 > 7,82,990).
• (b) Difference: 7,85,420 - 7,82,990 = 2,430 people.
• (c) Rounding to Nearest Thousand:
- City A (7,85,420): Hundreds digit is 4 (< 5) → 7,85,000.
- City B (7,82,990): Hundreds digit is 9 (≥ 5) → 7,83,000.
1. Largest 6-digit number: 9,99,999.
• Predecessor (Number - 1): 9,99,999 - 1 = 9,99,998.
• Successor (Number + 1): 9,99,999 + 1 = 10,00,000 (Ten Lakhs, smallest 7-digit number).
2. Difference: 10,00,000 - 9,99,998 = 2.
Mathematical property: The difference between the successor and predecessor of any whole number is always 2.
(a) 43,267 km
(b) 89,849 km
(c) 15,092 km Rounding Off • Real-World Context 3 Marks
• (a) 43,267 km:
- Nearest 100: Tens digit is 6 (≥ 5) → 43,300 km.
- Nearest 1,000: Hundreds digit is 2 (< 5) → 43,000 km.
• (b) 89,849 km:
- Nearest 100: Tens digit is 4 (< 5) → 89,800 km.
- Nearest 1,000: Hundreds digit is 8 (≥ 5) → 90,000 km.
• (c) 15,092 km:
- Nearest 100: Tens digit is 9 (≥ 5) → 15,100 km.
- Nearest 1,000: Hundreds digit is 0 (< 5) → 15,000 km.
(a) Find the average speed of the train in km per hour.
(b) If a passenger ticket costs ₹2,150, what is the total fare collected from a coach of 54 passengers? Travel Budget • Railway Timetable 3 Marks
• (a) Average Speed: Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 1,384 ÷ 16 = 86.5 km/h.
• (b) Total Fare: Number of passengers × Fare per ticket = 54 × ₹2,150 = ₹1,16,100.
(a) How many equal subdivisions lie between 50,000 and 60,000?
(b) Between which two markings does 57,400 lie?
(c) Which major marking is 57,400 closest to? Number Line • Interval Estimation 3 Marks
• (a) Subdivisions: Total interval = 60,000 - 50,000 = 10,000. Subdivisions = 10,000 ÷ 2,000 = 5 equal intervals (50,000; 52,000; 54,000; 56,000; 58,000; 60,000).
• (b) Position: 57,400 lies between 56,000 and 58,000.
• (c) Proximity: Distance to 56,000 = 57,400 - 56,000 = 1,400. Distance to 58,000 = 58,000 - 57,400 = 600. Since 600 < 1,400, it is closest to 58,000.
1. Ten-thousands digit = 7.
2. Thousands digit = 7 - 3 = 4.
3. Hundreds digit = 0.
4. Tens digit = 2 × 4 = 8.
5. Ones digit = 1.
The secret number is 74,081 (Seventy-four thousand eighty-one).
(a) What is the distance between Chandigarh and Shimla?
(b) How much further is Manali from Chandigarh than Shimla is from Chandigarh?
(c) If an electric bus travels 45 km per hour, how long will it take to reach Shimla from Chandigarh? Distance Comparison • Highway Markers 3 Marks
• (a) Distance Chandigarh to Shimla: 260 km - 145 km = 115 km.
• (b) Manali to Chandigarh vs Shimla to Chandigarh:
- Manali to Chandigarh = 495 km - 145 km = 350 km.
- Extra distance = 350 km - 115 km = 235 km.
• (c) Travel Time: Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 115 ÷ 45 = 2.55 hours = 2 hours 33 minutes (approx 2.56 h).
(a) If each ticket is priced at ₹4,500, find the total revenue collected.
(b) The flight consumes 4 litres of aviation fuel per kilometre. How many litres of fuel are needed for the one-way flight? Word Problem • Flight Fuel & Passengers 3 Marks
• (a) Total Ticket Revenue: 180 × ₹4,500 = ₹8,10,000.
• (b) Fuel Required: 1,740 km × 4 L/km = 6,960 litres.
(a) Indian System with commas and number name.
(b) International System with commas and number name.
(c) How many thousands make 1 Lakh? Indian vs International System • Comparison 3 Marks
• (a) Indian System: 4,50,320 → Four Lakh Fifty Thousand Three Hundred Twenty.
• (b) International System: 450,320 → Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Three Hundred Twenty.
• (c) Equivalence: 1 Lakh = 1,00,000 = 100 × 1,000 = 100 thousands.
• First 5 (Lakhs place): 5 × 1,00,000 = 5,00,000.
• Second 5 (Thousands place): 5 × 1,000 = 5,000.
• Third 5 (Ones place): 5 × 1 = 5.
• Sum of place values: 5,00,000 + 5,000 + 5 = 5,05,005.
• Start at Home: 12,450 km
• Lunch stop at Highway Dhaba: 12,680 km
• Evening Arrival at Hill Resort: 12,910 km
(a) Find distance covered before lunch and after lunch.
(b) Was the travel distance split equally before and after lunch? In-Text Activity • Travel Log 3 Marks
• Distance before lunch = 12,680 - 12,450 = 230 km.
• Distance after lunch = 12,910 - 12,680 = 230 km.
• (b) Conclusion: Yes, both legs of the journey covered exactly 230 km each, so the travel distance was split perfectly equally.
(a) Which two digits were interchanged?
(b) How much extra amount was recorded?
(c) In which place values did this error occur? Place Value • Digit Interchange 3 Marks
• (a) Interchanged Digits: Digits 5 and 2 were interchanged.
• (b) Excess Amount: ₹45,290 - ₹42,590 = ₹2,700.
• (c) Place Values: The error occurred between the Thousands place and Hundreds place.
(a) Find the total number of cars that passed over the three days.
(b) If each car paid ₹85 as toll, calculate the total collection on Tuesday. Real-Life Application • Toll Plaza Data 3 Marks
• (a) Total Cars: 3,450 + 4,120 + 2,980 = 10,550 cars.
• (b) Tuesday Toll Collection: 4,120 cars × ₹85 = ₹3,50,200.
• (a) Finding X: Predecessor = X - 1 = 99,999 → X = 99,999 + 1 = 1,00,000 (One Lakh).
• (b) Number of Digits: 1,00,000 has 6 digits (it is the smallest 6-digit number).
• (c) Successor of X: 1,00,000 + 1 = 1,00,001 (One Lakh One).
(a) Express this distance in kilometres.
(b) Rohan walks at 60 metres per minute. How many minutes does he take to walk to school?
(c) If he rides his bicycle at 180 metres per minute, how much time does he save? Travel Estimation • Walking vs Cycling 3 Marks
• (a) In Kilometres: 3,600 m ÷ 1,000 = 3.6 km.
• (b) Walking Time: 3,600 ÷ 60 = 60 minutes (1 hour).
• (c) Cycling Time & Time Saved:
- Cycling time = 3,600 ÷ 180 = 20 minutes.
- Time saved = 60 min - 20 min = 40 minutes saved.
(a) 250 × 40
(b) 1,200 × 5
(c) 99 × 35 (using 100 × 35 - 35) Mental Math • Quick Multiplications 3 Marks
• (a) 250 × 40: 25 × 4 = 100, append two zeros → 10,000.
• (b) 1,200 × 5: 12 × 5 = 60, append two zeros → 6,000.
• (c) 99 × 35: (100 - 1) × 35 = (100 × 35) - (1 × 35) = 3,500 - 35 = 3,465.
(a) How many buses are required to seat all passengers comfortably?
(b) How many vacant seats will remain in the last bus? Practical Application • Bus Capacity 3 Marks
• 380 ÷ 52: 52 × 7 = 364 passengers.
• Remaining passengers = 380 - 364 = 16 passengers.
• (a) Buses Required: Since 16 passengers cannot be left behind, 7 + 1 = 8 buses are needed.
• (b) Vacant Seats in 8th Bus: 52 - 16 = 36 vacant seats.
(a) If 18,450 copies are dispatched to government schools and 4,820 copies to private bookstores, how many copies remain in the warehouse?
(b) Write the number of remaining copies in words. CBSE Revision • Comprehensive Problem 3 Marks
• Total books dispatched = 18,450 + 4,820 = 23,270 copies.
• (a) Remaining Copies: 25,000 - 23,270 = 1,730 copies.
• (b) In Words: One thousand seven hundred thirty.
Competency-Based Question: Highway Toll & Fuel Economy
Real-World Math Context: A tour bus travels across 3 states covering 1,840 km in 4 days. The bus has a fuel tank of 150 litres and gives an average mileage of 8 km per litre of diesel. Diesel costs ₹90 per litre.
Analytical Task: (a) How many litres of diesel were consumed during the 1,840 km trip?
(b) What was the total cost of diesel consumed?
(c) If 40 tourists shared the diesel expense equally, how much did each passenger pay?
Chapter 2: Fractions
भिन्न (अंश, हर, तुल्य भिन्न एवं भिन्नों की तुलना)
- Fraction as part of a whole: Fraction = Numerator (parts taken)/Denominator (total equal parts).
- Fraction Kits: Combining unit fractions: two 1/6 pieces make 1/3, two 1/4 pieces make 1/2.
- Equivalent Fractions: Fractions that have the same value: a/b = a × k/b × k.
- Cross-multiplication rule for comparing fractions: a/b vs c/d ⇒ compare a × d and b × c.
- Addition and subtraction of fractions with common denominators.
(a) A circle divided into 8 equal sectors with 3 shaded.
(b) A rectangle divided into 12 equal squares with 7 shaded.
(c) A strip of 10 equal parts with 4 unshaded. What fraction is shaded? Visual Fractions • Shaded Parts 3 Marks
• (a) Circle: Total parts = 8, Shaded = 3. Fraction = 3/8 (three-eighths).
• (b) Rectangle: Total parts = 12, Shaded = 7. Fraction = 7/12 (seven-twelfths).
• (c) Strip: Total parts = 10. Shaded parts = 10 - 4 = 6. Fraction = 6/10 = 3/5 (three-fifths).
(a) 3/4
(b) 2/7
(c) 18/24 (using division/simplification) Equivalent Fractions • Multiplication & Division 3 Marks
• (a) 3/4:
- (3 × 2)/(4 × 2) = 6/8
- (3 × 3)/(4 × 3) = 9/12
- (3 × 4)/(4 × 4) = 12/16.
• (b) 2/7:
- (2 × 2)/(7 × 2) = 4/14
- (2 × 3)/(7 × 3) = 6/21
- (2 × 5)/(7 × 5) = 10/35.
• (c) 18/24:
- Divide by 2: (18 ÷ 2)/(24 ÷ 2) = 9/12
- Divide by 3: (18 ÷ 3)/(24 ÷ 3) = 6/8
- Divide by 6: (18 ÷ 6)/(24 ÷ 6) = 3/4 (simplest form).
(a) 3/5 and 4/7
(b) 5/8 and 7/12
(c) 2/3 and 8/12 Comparing Fractions • Cross Multiplication 3 Marks
• (a) 3/5 vs 4/7: Cross multiply: 3 × 7 = 21, and 5 × 4 = 20. Since 21 > 20, 3/5 > 4/7.
• (b) 5/8 vs 7/12: Cross multiply: 5 × 12 = 60, and 8 × 7 = 56. Since 60 > 56, 5/8 > 7/12.
• (c) 2/3 vs 8/12: Cross multiply: 2 × 12 = 24, and 3 × 8 = 24. Since 24 = 24, 2/3 = 8/12 (they are equal equivalent fractions).
1. Divide the segment from 0 to 1 into 4 equal segments.
2. Mark points at 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, and 4/4.
• Another name for 2/4: Simplifying gives 1/2 (One-Half).
• Another name for 4/4: 4 ÷ 4 = 1 (One Whole).
(a) How many pieces does his sister get?
(b) How many pieces does his mother get?
(c) What fraction and how many pieces are left for Rohan? Word Problem • Sharing Food 3 Marks
• (a) Sister's Share: 1/4 of 16 = 16 ÷ 4 = 4 pieces.
• (b) Mother's Share: 1/2 of 16 = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 pieces.
• (c) Rohan's Share:
- Pieces left = 16 - (4 + 8) = 16 - 12 = 4 pieces.
- Fraction = 4/16 = 1/4 of the chocolate bar.
(a) 2/9 + 4/9
(b) 3/10 + 5/10
(c) 7/15 + 8/15 Addition of Like Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) 2/9 + 4/9: (2 + 4)/9 = 6/9 = 2/3.
• (b) 3/10 + 5/10: (3 + 5)/10 = 8/10 = 4/5.
• (c) 7/15 + 8/15: (7 + 8)/15 = 15/15 = 1 (Whole).
(a) 7/8 - 3/8
(b) 11/12 - 5/12
(c) 1 - 3/5 Subtraction of Like Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) 7/8 - 3/8: (7 - 3)/8 = 4/8 = 1/2.
• (b) 11/12 - 5/12: (11 - 5)/12 = 6/12 = 1/2.
• (c) 1 - 3/5: Write 1 as 5/5: 5/5 - 3/5 = (5 - 3)/5 = 2/5.
(a) 3/4 of 24 apples
(b) 2/5 of 45 students
(c) 5/6 of 60 minutes Fraction of a Set / Collection 3 Marks
• (a) 3/4 of 24: (24 ÷ 4) × 3 = 6 × 3 = 18 apples.
• (b) 2/5 of 45: (45 ÷ 5) × 2 = 9 × 2 = 18 students.
• (c) 5/6 of 60: (60 ÷ 6) × 5 = 10 × 5 = 50 minutes.
(b) Convert the mixed fraction $3\frac{2}{5}$ into an improper fraction.
(c) Which is greater: $2\frac{1}{2}$ or 9/4? Mixed Fractions & Improper Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) 14/3: 14 ÷ 3 gives quotient 4 with remainder 2 → $4\frac{2}{3}$.
• (b) $3\frac{2}{5}$: (3 × 5 + 2)/5 = (15 + 2)/5 = 17/5.
• (c) Comparison: Convert $2\frac{1}{2}$ to improper: 5/2 = 10/4. Since 10/4 > 9/4, $2\frac{1}{2} > 9/4$.
(a) What fraction of the garden is used for tomatoes (in simplest form)?
(b) What fraction of the garden is used for carrots?
(c) Do potatoes and spinach together occupy more than half of the field? Explain. Ramu's Vegetable Field • Comprehensive Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) Tomatoes: 4/12 = 1/3 of the field.
• (b) Carrots: Beds left = 12 - (4 + 3 + 2) = 12 - 9 = 3 beds. Fraction = 3/12 = 1/4 of the field.
• (c) Potatoes + Spinach: 3/12 + 2/12 = 5/12. Half the field is 6/12. Since 5/12 < 6/12, No, they occupy less than half of the field.
(a) How many litres of petrol are currently in the tank?
(b) How many litres are needed to fill the tank to capacity? Practical Application • Fuel Tank Fraction 3 Marks
• (a) Current Petrol: 3/8 of 40 L = (40 ÷ 8) × 3 = 5 × 3 = 15 litres.
• (b) Petrol to Fill: 40 L - 15 L = 25 litres (or 5/8 of 40 = 25 L).
2/3, 1/6, 3/4, 5/12 Ordering Fractions 3 Marks
• 2/3 = (2 × 4)/(3 × 4) = 8/12
• 1/6 = (1 × 2)/(6 × 2) = 2/12
• 3/4 = (3 × 3)/(4 × 3) = 9/12
• 5/12 = 5/12
Comparing numerators: 2 < 5 < 8 < 9.
Ascending Order: 1/6 < 5/12 < 2/3 < 3/4.
(a) How many equal parts are created?
(b) If you unfold and colour 3 of the squares, what fraction is coloured?
(c) If each small square has an area of 9 cm², what is the area of the entire napkin? In-Text Activity • Paper Folding Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) Equal Parts: 2 × 2 = 4 equal squares.
• (b) Fraction Coloured: 3 out of 4 = 3/4 (three-fourths).
• (c) Total Area: 4 × 9 cm² = 36 cm².
(b) Which unit fraction is larger: 1/7 or 1/9? Explain the rule. Unit Fractions • Concept & Property 3 Marks
• (a) Definition: A fraction with a numerator of 1 is called a unit fraction. Examples: 1/2, 1/5, 1/10.
• (b) Comparison: 1/7 > 1/9.
Rule: When two fractions have the same numerator (1), the fraction with the smaller denominator is greater, because dividing a whole into fewer parts makes each individual part larger.
(a) Find the number of science books.
(b) Find the number of storybooks.
(c) How many mathematics puzzle books are there? Fraction Word Problem • Library Books 3 Marks
• (a) Science Books: 1/3 of 60 = 60 ÷ 3 = 20 books.
• (b) Storybooks: 2/5 of 60 = (60 ÷ 5) × 2 = 12 × 2 = 24 books.
• (c) Math Puzzle Books: 60 - (20 + 24) = 60 - 44 = 16 books.
(a) 3/10
(b) 75/100
(c) 2/5
(d) 1/4 Decimal-Fraction Equivalence 3 Marks
• (a) 3/10: 0.3.
• (b) 75/100: 0.75.
• (c) 2/5: Multiply top and bottom by 2: 4/10 = 0.4.
• (d) 1/4: Multiply top and bottom by 25: 25/100 = 0.25.
1. Let the fraction be (2 × k) / (3 × k).
2. Sum of numerator and denominator: 2k + 3k = 25.
3. 5k = 25 → k = 5.
4. Numerator = 2 × 5 = 10.
5. Denominator = 3 × 5 = 15.
The fraction is 10/15 (Check: 10 + 15 = 25 and 10/15 reduces to 2/3).
(a) 1/4 of an hour
(b) 2/3 of an hour
(c) 1/2 of 1/2 of an hour Time & Fractions • Hour Portions 3 Marks
• (a) 1/4 of 60: 60 ÷ 4 = 15 minutes.
• (b) 2/3 of 60: (60 ÷ 3) × 2 = 20 × 2 = 40 minutes.
• (c) 1/2 of 1/2 of 60: 1/4 of 60 = 15 minutes.
(a) How much money did she spend on the geometry box?
(b) How much on sketch pens?
(c) How much money does she have left? Fraction Word Problem • Money Spent 3 Marks
• (a) Geometry Box: 1/3 of 240 = 240 ÷ 3 = ₹80.
• (b) Sketch Pens: 1/4 of 240 = 240 ÷ 4 = ₹60.
• (c) Money Left: 240 - (80 + 60) = 240 - 140 = ₹100.
(a) 24/36
(b) 15/45
(c) 28/70 Simplifying Fractions to Lowest Terms 3 Marks
• (a) 24/36: HCF(24, 36) = 12. (24 ÷ 12)/(36 ÷ 12) = 2/3.
• (b) 15/45: HCF(15, 45) = 15. (15 ÷ 15)/(45 ÷ 15) = 1/3.
• (c) 28/70: HCF(28, 70) = 14. (28 ÷ 14)/(70 ÷ 14) = 2/5.
(a) Express both amounts in grams.
(b) How many grams of flour are used in total?
(c) How many grams of flour remain unused? Fraction of Weight & Mass 3 Marks
• (a) In grams:
- Biscuits: 3/8 of 1,000 = (1000 ÷ 8) × 3 = 125 × 3 = 375 g.
- Bread: 1/2 of 1,000 = 500 g.
• (b) Total Flour Used: 375 g + 500 g = 875 g.
• (c) Unused Flour: 1,000 g - 875 g = 125 g (or 1/8 kg).
(a) What fraction of a metre is each piece?
(b) What is the length of each piece in centimetres? Measurement Fractions • Tape Length 3 Marks
• (a) Fraction of a Metre: Total length = 2 m. Length per piece = 2 ÷ 8 = 2/8 = 1/4 of a metre.
• (b) In Centimetres: 1 m = 100 cm. 1/4 of 100 cm = 100 ÷ 4 = 25 cm.
(a) 2/3 of 12 is greater than 3/4 of 12.
(b) Any fraction with numerator equal to denominator equals 1.
(c) 4/6 and 6/9 are equivalent fractions. Critical Thinking • True or False with Reason 3 Marks
• (a) False: 2/3 of 12 = 8; 3/4 of 12 = 9. Since 8 < 9, the statement is False.
• (b) True: When numerator = denominator (e.g. 5/5, 8/8), dividing a quantity into $n$ parts and taking all $n$ parts equals exactly 1 whole.
• (c) True: 4/6 simplifies to 2/3 (divide by 2). 6/9 simplifies to 2/3 (divide by 3). Both equal 2/3, so they are equivalent.
(a) How many matches did they win?
(b) How many matches did they lose?
(c) How many matches were tied, and what fraction of the total is that? Comprehensive Review • Fraction Story Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Matches Won: 3/5 of 20 = (20 ÷ 5) × 3 = 4 × 3 = 12 matches.
• (b) Matches Lost: 1/4 of 20 = 20 ÷ 4 = 5 matches.
• (c) Matches Tied: 20 - (12 + 5) = 20 - 17 = 3 matches.
- Fraction tied = 3/20 of the matches.
Competency Question: Farmer Sohan's Crop Field Partition
Real-World Math Context: Farmer Sohan has a square field measuring 24 acres. He cultivates wheat on 1/3 of the land, tomatoes on 1/4 of the land, and mustard on 1/6 of the land. The remaining land is kept as grazing meadow for cattle.
Analytical Task: (a) How many acres are used for each of the three crops?
(b) How many acres remain for cattle grazing?
(c) What fraction of the total field is left for cattle?
- Wheat: 1/3 × 24 = 8 acres.
- Tomatoes: 1/4 × 24 = 6 acres.
- Mustard: 1/6 × 24 = 4 acres.
Remaining area = 24 - (8 + 6 + 4) = 24 - 18 = 6 acres.
Chapter 3: Angles as Turns
कोण और घुमाव (समकोण, न्यूनकोण, अधिककोण एवं घूर्णन)
- Angle definition: Formed when two rays or line segments meet at a common vertex point.
- Types of Angles: Right Angle = 90° (L-shape); Acute Angle < 90°; Obtuse Angle between 90° and 180°; Straight Angle = 180°.
- Angles as Turns: 1/4 turn = 90° (one right angle); 1/2 turn = 180° (two right angles); 3/4 turn = 270°; 1 full turn = 360°.
- Clock Angles: Clock dial is 360° divided into 12 hours. Angle between consecutive numbers = 30°.
(a) 3:00
(b) 6:00
(c) 9:30
(d) 1:15 Clock Angles • Concept & Types 3 Marks
• (a) 3:00: Hour at 3, minute at 12. Separation = 3 hours = 3 × 30° = 90° (Right Angle).
• (b) 6:00: Hour at 6, minute at 12. Separation = 6 hours = 6 × 30° = 180° (Straight Angle).
• (c) 9:30: Minute hand at 6, hour hand halfway between 9 and 10 (at 9.5). Distance = 3.5 marks = 3.5 × 30° = 105° (Obtuse Angle).
• (d) 1:15: Minute hand at 3, hour hand slightly past 1. Distance ≈ 1.75 marks ≈ 52.5° (Acute Angle).
(a) If she takes a 1/4 turn clockwise, which direction will she face?
(b) If she takes a 1/2 turn from North, which direction will she face?
(c) If she takes a 3/4 turn anticlockwise from North, which direction will she face? Turns & Directions • Compass Navigation 3 Marks
• (a) 1/4 Turn Clockwise: 90° turn to the right from North → East.
• (b) 1/2 Turn: 180° turn (opposite direction) from North → South.
• (c) 3/4 Turn Anticlockwise: 270° counter-clockwise: North → West (90°) → South (180°) → East (270°).
(a) How many right angles are in 'H'?
(b) How many right angles are in 'E'? Angles in Letters of the Alphabet 3 Marks
• (a) Letter 'H': The horizontal bar meets the two vertical uprights creating 2 interior right angles on the left and 2 on the right = 4 right angles (all 90°).
• (b) Letter 'E': Three horizontal bars meet the vertical spine: top bar (1 right angle), middle bar (2 right angles above and below), bottom bar (1 right angle) = 4 right angles (all 90°).
1. Construction: Cut two equal strips of stiff cardboard (about 15 cm long). Fasten them together at one end using a drawing pin or split paper pin so they can pivot freely.
2. Testing a Textbook Corner:
• Open the two arms so that one arm lies along the bottom edge and the other arm lies along the side edge of the textbook.
• If the arms open to form an 'L' shape matching the corner perfectly without any gap or overlap, the corner is exactly a Right Angle (90°).
• If the corner opens less than the 'L' shape, it is an Acute Angle. If more, it is an Obtuse Angle.
(a) In 'Dandasana' (Staff Pose), where a person sits upright on the floor with legs extended forward, what angle is formed between the spine and the legs?
(b) In 'Bhujangasana' (Cobra Pose), what type of angle does the backward-curving upper torso make relative to the floor?
(c) When touching toes in 'Uttanasana', what type of angle is formed at the hips? Angles in Yoga Asanas • Real-Life Geometry 3 Marks
• (a) Dandasana: The spine is vertical (90°) to the horizontal legs lying flat on the mat. Angle = Right Angle (90°).
• (b) Bhujangasana: The chest and head lift upward and backward away from the floor, opening past 90°. Angle = Obtuse Angle (greater than 90°).
• (c) Uttanasana: The upper body folds deeply forward against the legs. The angle at the hip joint is significantly less than 90°. Angle = Acute Angle (less than 90°).
(a) How many degrees are in a 1/4 turn?
(b) How many degrees are in a 1/2 turn?
(c) How many degrees are in a 3/4 turn?
(d) How many degrees are in a 1/8 turn? Degrees & Fractions of a Turn 3 Marks
• (a) 1/4 Turn: 360° ÷ 4 = 90° (Right angle).
• (b) 1/2 Turn: 360° ÷ 2 = 180° (Straight angle).
• (c) 3/4 Turn: (360° ÷ 4) × 3 = 90° × 3 = 270° (Reflex angle).
• (d) 1/8 Turn: 360° ÷ 8 = 45° (Half of a right angle).
(a) The total number of right angles.
(b) The total number of acute angles (less than 90°).
(c) The total number of obtuse angles (greater than 90°). Angles in Names • Comprehensive Count 3 Marks
• R: Upright and top loop has 2 right angles.
• A: 3 acute angles (1 apex + 2 at crossbar base), 2 obtuse angles (inside crossbar junction).
• M: 3 acute angles (1 central valley + 2 outer peaks).
• A: 3 acute angles, 2 obtuse angles.
• N: 2 acute angles (top and bottom corners).
Summary Count:
• (a) Right Angles: 2.
• (b) Acute Angles: 3 + 3 + 3 + 2 = 11.
• (c) Obtuse Angles: 2 + 2 = 4.
1. Place the centre point (cross-mark) of the protractor directly over the vertex point $B$ of the angle.
2. Align the baseline of the protractor precisely along ray $BC$ so that the $0^\circ$ mark lies directly on line $BC$.
3. Look at the second ray $BA$. Follow the scale starting from $0^\circ$ on the baseline to where ray $BA$ passes through the curved scale.
4. Read the degree value on that scale. That number gives the exact measurement of $\angle ABC$ in degrees.
(a) 35°
(b) 90°
(c) 128°
(d) 89°
(e) 180°
(f) 92° Acute, Right, Obtuse Classification 3 Marks
• (a) 35°: Less than 90° → Acute Angle.
• (b) 90°: Exactly 90° → Right Angle.
• (c) 128°: Between 90° and 180° → Obtuse Angle.
• (d) 89°: Less than 90° → Acute Angle.
• (e) 180°: Exactly 180° → Straight Angle.
• (f) 92°: Greater than 90° → Obtuse Angle.
(a) What type of angle is 45°?
(b) At what angle will the striker rebound off the cushion (assuming ideal bounce)?
(c) What is the total angle of deviation between the incoming path and outgoing path? Carrom Board Angles • Rebound Trajectory 3 Marks
• (a) Angle Type: 45° is less than 90°, so it is an Acute Angle (half of a right angle).
• (b) Rebound Angle: By the law of reflection, angle of reflection equals angle of incidence: Rebound angle = 45° with the cushion border.
• (c) Angle of Deviation: The straight line path (180°) minus the sum of two cushion angles (45° + 45° = 90°) gives a deflection of 180° - 90° = 90° (a right-angle turn).
(b) A pair of scissors is opened to an angle of 30°. If it is opened by another 60°, what type of angle is formed? Angles in Everyday Tools • Scissors & Compass 3 Marks
• (a) Blade Opening: When scissors are opened wider, the angle between the blades increases in degree measure.
• (b) Combined Angle: Initial angle = 30°. Additional opening = 60°. Total angle = 30° + 60° = 90°. This forms an exact Right Angle.
(a) Find the complement of 35°.
(b) Find the complement of 60°.
(c) Can two obtuse angles ever be complementary? Explain. Complementary Angles • In-Text Practice 3 Marks
• (a) Complement of 35°: 90° - 35° = 55°.
• (b) Complement of 60°: 90° - 60° = 30°.
• (c) Two Obtuse Angles: No. An obtuse angle is greater than 90°. The sum of two obtuse angles will always exceed 180°, so their sum can never be 90°.
(a) If one angle is 115°, find the measure of the adjacent angle on the straight line.
(b) If two supplementary angles are equal, find the measure of each angle. Supplementary Angles • Straight Line 3 Marks
• (a) Adjacent Angle: 180° - 115° = 65°.
• (b) Two Equal Angles: Let each angle be $x$. Then $x + x = 180° \rightarrow 2x = 180° \rightarrow x = 180° ÷ 2 = \mathbf{90°}$ (both are Right Angles).
(b) What is the measure of each interior angle in a square?
(c) Are all angles in a regular hexagon acute or obtuse? Explain. Angles in Regular Polygons • Shape Analysis 3 Marks
• (a) Equilateral Triangle: Sum of 3 angles = 180°. Each angle = 180° ÷ 3 = 60° (Acute).
• (b) Square: Sum of 4 angles = 360°. Each angle = 360° ÷ 4 = 90° (Right angle).
• (c) Regular Hexagon: Each interior angle = 120°. Since 120° > 90°, all angles in a regular hexagon are Obtuse Angles.
(a) 15 minutes
(b) 30 minutes
(c) 45 minutes
(d) 10 minutes Clock Problem • Minute Hand Rotation 3 Marks
• (a) 15 Minutes: 15 × 6° = 90° (1/4 turn).
• (b) 30 Minutes: 30 × 6° = 180° (1/2 turn).
• (c) 45 Minutes: 45 × 6° = 270° (3/4 turn).
• (d) 10 Minutes: 10 × 6° = 60° (1/6 turn).
1. Triangle Closure: Three line segments meet at 3 vertices to enclose a 2D space. The sum of the 3 interior angles formed must strictly equal 180° for the triangle to close.
2. Two Sticks: No, it is impossible to create a closed polygon with only two straight sticks. Two line segments meeting at an angle leave an open mouth between their other endpoints; a minimum of 3 sides (a triangle) is mathematically required to enclose an area on a plane.
(a) How many equal sectors is the circle divided into?
(b) What is the angle between any two adjacent markings? Degree Clock • Activity 3 Marks
• (a) Number of Sectors: 360° ÷ 45° = 8 equal sectors.
• (b) Angle between Markings: Each step from one mark to the next is exactly 45°.
• In a quadrilateral or rectangle, the 4 sides can deform or shift into a parallelogram under heavy load without changing the lengths of the sides because angles can change freely.
• In contrast, a triangle is a rigid shape: once the lengths of the 3 sides are fixed, the 3 angles cannot change unless a side bends or breaks.
• Therefore, triangular structures with strong acute angles distribute heavy loads safely and do not deform under stress.
1. Let the angle be $A$.
2. Condition: $A + 25° = 90°$ (Right angle).
3. $A = 90° - 25° = \mathbf{65°}$.
4. Since 65° is less than 90°, it is an Acute Angle.
• Time elapsed = 5:00 - 2:00 = 3 hours.
• In 12 hours, the hour hand moves 360°, so in 1 hour it moves 360° ÷ 12 = 30°.
• In 3 hours: 3 × 30° = 90° (a quarter turn / Right Angle).
(a) What two shapes are formed?
(b) What are the angles of the triangles formed? Angles in Paper Folding • Origami 3 Marks
• (a) Shapes Formed: Folding along the diagonal divides the square into two identical right-angled isosceles triangles.
• (b) Angles of the Triangles:
- The original corner of the square remains a 90° right angle.
- The diagonal bisects the two other 90° corners into two equal halves: 90° ÷ 2 = 45° each.
- Therefore, the angles of each triangle are 45°, 45°, and 90°.
(b) If the interior angle of a corner is 70°, what is the measure of the reflex angle on the exterior?
(c) What time on a clock shows an angle of 240° between the hands? Reflex Angles • Introduction 3 Marks
• (a) Definition: An angle that is greater than 180° but less than 360° is called a reflex angle.
• (b) Exterior Reflex Angle: Complete circle = 360°. Reflex angle = 360° - 70° = 290°.
• (c) Clock Hands: 240° = 8 hour divisions (8 × 30° = 240°). At 8:00, the angle measured clockwise from the hour hand (at 8) to the minute hand (at 12) is 4 × 30° = 120°, and the major angle on the other side is 360° - 120° = 240°.
(a) An angle measuring 90.5° is an acute angle.
(b) Two acute angles added together can sometimes form an obtuse angle.
(c) A straight line always represents an angle of 180°. True or False with Geometric Reason 3 Marks
• (a) False: 90.5° is greater than 90°, so it is an Obtuse Angle, not acute.
• (b) True: For example, 50° + 60° = 110°. Since 110° > 90°, the sum of two acute angles can indeed be obtuse.
• (c) True: A straight angle formed by two opposite rays is defined as exactly 180°.
1. Start direction = East (90° from North).
2. Turn 1 (Clockwise): +45° → Position = South-East.
3. Turn 2 (Anticlockwise): -180° → Position = North-West.
4. Turn 3 (Clockwise): +90° → Position = North-East.
Mathematical Check:
Net turn = +45° - 180° + 90° = -45° (i.e. 45° anticlockwise from East).
45° anticlockwise from East points directly to North-East.
Competency Question: Yoga Asana Angle Identification
Real-World Math Context: During morning physical training, students perform various yoga postures: Trikonasana (Triangle pose), Bhujangasana (Cobra pose), and Dandasana (Staff pose).
Analytical Task: Identify the angles formed by the body in each case:
(a) In Staff pose, what angle is made between the torso and legs?
(b) In Triangle pose, what kind of angles are made between legs and floor?
(c) In a deep backbend, what type of angle is formed?
Chapter 4: We the Travellers – II
हम यात्री – २ (यात्रा व्यय, होटल पैकेज एवं दैनिक बजट)
- Multi-digit addition and subtraction applied to travel logistics and ticket reservations.
- Comparing hotel packages: Flat rate vs Room-plus-meal split pricing.
- Taxi fare calculations with minimum distance billing criteria.
- Fuel economy, distance per litre, and total trip expenditure.
• Package A: Flat rate of ₹2,800 per night including breakfast.
• Package B: Room rent of ₹2,200 per night plus ₹250 per person per day for breakfast.
(a) Calculate the total cost for Package A.
(b) Calculate the total cost for Package B.
(c) Which package is more economical, and by how much? Travel Budget • Hotel Package Comparison 3 Marks
• (a) Package A Total: 3 nights × ₹2,800 = ₹8,400.
• (b) Package B Total:
- Room rent: 3 × ₹2,200 = ₹6,600.
- Breakfast cost: 4 persons × ₹250 × 3 days = ₹3,000.
- Total = ₹6,600 + ₹3,000 = ₹9,600.
• (c) Comparison: Package A is cheaper. Difference = ₹9,600 - ₹8,400 = ₹1,200. Package A saves ₹1,200.
• Bus rental: ₹14,500
• Entry tickets: ₹90 per student
• Packed meals: ₹150 per student
• Guide charges: ₹1,500
(a) Find the grand total expenditure for the trip.
(b) Calculate the contribution amount required from each student to cover all costs exactly. Excursion Expenses • Per-Student Share 3 Marks
• Bus rental = ₹14,500
• Entry tickets = 45 × ₹90 = ₹4,050
• Packed meals = 45 × ₹150 = ₹6,750
• Guide charges = ₹1,500
• (a) Grand Total: ₹14,500 + ₹4,050 + ₹6,750 + ₹1,500 = ₹26,800.
• (b) Per Student Share: ₹26,800 ÷ 45 = ₹595.55 ≈ ₹596 per student.
(a) How many litres of petrol are required for the round trip?
(b) If petrol costs ₹96 per litre, what is their total expenditure on fuel? Fuel Consumption & Cost 3 Marks
• (a) Petrol Needed: Total distance ÷ Mileage = 1,080 ÷ 15 = 72 litres.
• (b) Fuel Cost: 72 litres × ₹96 = ₹6,912.
• Option 1: AC Bus charter costs a flat ₹11,200.
• Option 2: Train tickets cost ₹385 per person.
(a) Calculate the cost for all 28 people traveling by train.
(b) Which option is more cost-effective and by how much? Bus vs Train Travel Cost 3 Marks
• (a) Train Cost: 28 × ₹385 = ₹10,780.
• (b) Comparison:
- Bus = ₹11,200
- Train = ₹10,780
- Difference = ₹11,200 - ₹10,780 = ₹420.
Traveling by train is more economical by ₹420.
(a) What is the cost of 1 thali?
(b) What will be the total bill for 9 thalis?
(c) How many thalis can be purchased for ₹1,200? Unitary Method • Meal Charges 3 Marks
• (a) Cost of 1 Thali: ₹480 ÷ 4 = ₹120.
• (b) Cost of 9 Thalis: 9 × ₹120 = ₹1,080.
• (c) Thalis for ₹1,200: ₹1,200 ÷ ₹120 = 10 thalis.
(a) What is the total distance of the trip?
(b) What was the travel time spent driving?
(c) At what time does the bus reach its destination? Time-Speed-Distance • Multi-Stop Journey 3 Marks
• (a) Distance: First leg = 3 h × 60 km/h = 180 km. Second leg = 140 km. Total distance = 180 + 140 = 320 km.
• (b) Driving Time: First leg = 3 hours. Second leg = 140 ÷ 70 = 2 hours. Total driving time = 3 + 2 = 5 hours.
• (c) Arrival Time:
- Total elapsed time = 5 hours driving + 45 min breakfast = 5 hours 45 minutes.
- 6:00 AM + 5 h 45 min = 11:45 AM.
(a) Find the GST amount in Rupees.
(b) What is the final total payable amount? Group Travel Billing • GST Calculation 3 Marks
• (a) GST Amount: 5% of ₹35,000 = (5 ÷ 100) × 35,000 = 5 × 350 = ₹1,750.
• (b) Final Total: ₹35,000 + ₹1,750 = ₹36,750.
(a) How many Indian Rupees does the tourist receive?
(b) He buys 3 wooden handicrafts costing ₹2,400 each and 2 silk shawls costing ₹1,800 each. How much money does he spend?
(c) How many Indian Rupees does he have left? Souvenir Shopping • Currency Exchange 3 Marks
• (a) Rupees Received: 150 × ₹82 = ₹12,300.
• (b) Total Spent:
- 3 handicrafts: 3 × ₹2,400 = ₹7,200.
- 2 shawls: 2 × ₹1,800 = ₹3,600.
- Total spent = ₹7,200 + ₹3,600 = ₹10,800.
• (c) Balance: ₹12,300 - ₹10,800 = ₹1,500.
(a) Mr. Verma's suitcase weighs 22 kg. How many kg is he overweight?
(b) How much extra baggage fee must he pay? Luggage Allowance • Excess Baggage 3 Marks
• (a) Excess Weight: 22 kg - 15 kg = 7 kg excess.
• (b) Excess Fee: 7 kg × ₹350 = ₹2,450.
(a) 45 × 200
(b) 60 × 700
(c) 1,500 × 40 Multiplication by Multiples of 10 3 Marks
• (a) 45 × 200: 45 × 2 = 90, append two zeros → 9,000.
• (b) 60 × 700: 6 × 7 = 42, append three zeros → 42,000.
• (c) 1,500 × 40: 15 × 4 = 60, append three zeros → 60,000.
(a) What is the total ropeway cost for a family of 3 adults and 2 children?
(b) If they pay with a ₹2,000 note, how much change is returned? Ropeway Cable Car Fare • Adult & Child 3 Marks
• (a) Total Cost:
- Adults: 3 × ₹220 = ₹660.
- Children: 2 × ₹140 = ₹280.
- Total = ₹660 + ₹280 = ₹940.
• (b) Change: ₹2,000 - ₹940 = ₹1,060.
• Petrol: ₹3,240
• Food: ₹1,890
• Toll tax: ₹460
• Sightseeing tickets: ₹1,120 Estimation of Travel Expenses 3 Marks
• Petrol: ₹3,240 rounds to ₹3,200.
• Food: ₹1,890 rounds to ₹1,900.
• Toll tax: ₹460 rounds to ₹500.
• Sightseeing tickets: ₹1,120 rounds to ₹1,100.
• Estimated Total: ₹3,200 + ₹1,900 + ₹500 + ₹1,100 = ₹6,700.
(Exact sum = ₹6,710; difference is only ₹10).
(a) What was the normal speed of the taxi?
(b) How long does the journey take in the rain?
(c) How much extra time was lost in traffic? Speed & Time Variation • Traffic Delay 3 Marks
• (a) Normal Speed: 120 km ÷ 2 h = 60 km/h.
• (b) Rainy Journey Time: 120 km ÷ 40 km/h = 3 hours.
• (c) Extra Time Lost: 3 hours - 2 hours = 1 hour (60 minutes).
(a) Find the total rent of the villa for 4 days.
(b) What is the share of each family?
(c) If Family 1 checks out one day early (staying 3 days), how should the total bill be divided fairly among the 3 families based on room-days? Multi-Family Travel Split 3 Marks
• (a) Total Rent: 4 days × ₹6,500 = ₹26,000.
• (b) Equal Share (All 4 days): ₹26,000 ÷ 3 = ₹8,666.67 per family.
• (c) Fair Room-Days Division:
- Total family-days = 3 + 4 + 4 = 11 family-days.
- Cost per family-day = ₹26,000 ÷ 11 = ₹2,363.64.
- Family 1 (3 days) pays: 3 × ₹2,363.64 = ₹7,091.
- Family 2 & 3 (4 days each) pay: 4 × ₹2,363.64 = ₹9,454.50 each.
(a) What type of berth is Berth 25?
(b) What type of berth is Berth 32? Train Berth Allotment • Logic 3 Marks
• 1: Lower, 2: Middle, 3: Upper, 4: Lower, 5: Middle, 6: Upper, 7: Side Lower, 8: Side Upper.
• (a) Berth 25: 25 ÷ 8 gives remainder 1. Remainder 1 corresponds to a Lower Berth.
• (b) Berth 32: 32 ÷ 8 gives remainder 0 (exact multiple of 8). This corresponds to a Side Upper Berth (SU).
(a) What is the maximum driving range of the vehicle on a full tank?
(b) The driver sees a warning that 12 litres of petrol remain. Can the SUV reach a petrol station 180 km away without refueling? Fuel Tank Capacity • Kilometer Range 3 Marks
• (a) Maximum Range: 65 L × 14 km/L = 910 km.
• (b) Remaining Range: 12 L × 14 km/L = 168 km.
- Since 168 km < 180 km, No, the SUV cannot reach the station 180 km away without refueling (it will run out of fuel 12 km before reaching).
(a) What is the total bill?
(b) If they split the cost equally among the 6 friends, how much does each person contribute? Group Dining Bill • Split Evenly 3 Marks
• (a) Total Bill: ₹2,850 + ₹150 = ₹3,000.
• (b) Individual Share: ₹3,000 ÷ 6 = ₹500 per person.
(a) Find the cost per minute for the pedal boat.
(b) Find the cost per minute for the motor boat.
(c) Which boat has a higher per-minute rate and by how much? Sightseeing Boat Hire • Hourly Rate 3 Marks
• (a) Pedal Boat Rate: ₹180 ÷ 30 min = ₹6 per minute.
• (b) Motor Boat Rate: ₹450 ÷ 20 min = ₹22.50 per minute.
• (c) Difference: ₹22.50 - ₹6.00 = ₹16.50 per minute higher for the motor boat.
1. Since the trains are moving toward each other, their combined speed is: 60 km/h + 80 km/h = 140 km/h.
2. Total distance to cover = 420 km.
3. Time taken to meet = Distance ÷ Relative Speed = 420 ÷ 140 = 3 hours.
4. Verification: In 3 hours, Train 1 covers 3 × 60 = 180 km; Train 2 covers 3 × 80 = 240 km. Total = 180 + 240 = 420 km. Verified!
(a) What is the surge price increase in Rupees?
(b) What is the new ticket price? Airfare Surge Pricing • Mental Math 3 Marks
• (a) Surge Amount: 40% of ₹3,500 = (40 ÷ 100) × 3,500 = 40 × 35 = ₹1,400.
• (b) New Price: ₹3,500 + ₹1,400 = ₹4,900.
(a) Find his total earnings for the week.
(b) If his weekly target was ₹8,000, by how much did he fall short or exceed his target? Bus Ticket Booking Agent Commission 3 Marks
• (a) Total Earnings: 160 × ₹45 = ₹7,200.
• (b) Target Difference: ₹8,000 - ₹7,200 = ₹800 short of target.
Day 1: 345 km, Day 2: 412 km, Day 3: 288 km, Day 4: 355 km.
(a) Find the total distance traveled over the 4 days.
(b) Find the average daily distance traveled. Multi-Day Mileage Log Analysis 3 Marks
• (a) Total Distance: 345 + 412 + 288 + 355 = 1,400 km.
• (b) Average Daily Distance: Total distance ÷ 4 days = 1,400 ÷ 4 = 350 km per day.
(a) What is the total cash tendered?
(b) How much change should the cashier return?
(c) What is the minimum number of currency notes (using ₹500, ₹100, and ₹50 notes) that can make up this change? Currency Denominations • Cash Settlement 3 Marks
• (a) Cash Tendered: 4 × ₹2,000 = ₹8,000.
• (b) Change: ₹8,000 - ₹7,850 = ₹150.
• (c) Minimum Notes for ₹150: One ₹100 note + One ₹50 note = 2 notes.
(a) What is the total money spent?
(b) Did they stay within their budget? How much money remains or by how much did they exceed? Comprehensive Travel Review 3 Marks
• (a) Total Expenses: ₹18,600 + ₹16,400 + ₹8,500 + ₹4,750 = ₹48,250.
• (b) Budget Comparison: Budget = ₹50,000. Difference = ₹50,000 - ₹48,250 = ₹1,750.
Yes, they stayed within budget, saving ₹1,750.
Competency Question: Taxi Billing with Minimum Distance Threshold
Real-World Math Context: A taxi operator charges a flat hire of ₹2,500 per day covering up to 250 km. Any extra distance above 250 km in a day is billed at ₹12 per km. On a 3-day tour, the odometer readings showed: Day 1: 240 km; Day 2: 290 km; Day 3: 275 km.
Analytical Task: Calculate the total billing for each of the 3 days and the overall bill for the trip.
Chapter 5: Far and Near
दूर और पास (मानचित्र पैमाना, दूरियाँ एवं दिशा ज्ञान)
- Map Scale: A ratio relating distance on a drawing/map to actual ground distance (e.g., 1 cm = 200 m).
- Converting map measurements: Actual Distance = Map Distance in cm × Scale Value.
- Metric length conversions: 1 km = 1,000 m; 1 m = 100 cm.
- Shortest straight path (aerial distance) vs route distance along road turns.
(a) If the distance between the Museum and the Zoo on the map is 6 cm, find the actual distance on the ground in metres and kilometres.
(b) If two temples are actually 2,000 metres apart, how many centimetres apart will they appear on the map? Scale Conversion • Map to Ground 3 Marks
• (a) Map Distance = 6 cm:
- Actual distance = 6 × 250 m = 1,500 metres.
- In kilometres = 1,500 ÷ 1,000 = 1.5 km.
• (b) Actual Distance = 2,000 m:
- Map distance = 2,000 ÷ 250 = 8 cm on the map.
• House to Bus stop is 3.5 cm.
• Bus stop to School is 8.5 cm.
(a) Find the total map distance.
(b) Calculate the total real walking distance in metres.
(c) Express the total distance in kilometres. Multi-Leg Journey on Map Scale 3 Marks
• (a) Total Map Distance: 3.5 cm + 8.5 cm = 12 cm.
• (b) Real Ground Distance: 12 cm × 100 m = 1,200 metres.
• (c) In Kilometres: 1,200 ÷ 1,000 = 1.2 km.
(a) What is the actual distance between the two cities?
(b) If an express train covers this distance in 5 hours, what is its average speed? State Highway Map • Large Scale 3 Marks
• (a) Actual Distance: 7.5 cm × 60 km = 450 km.
• (b) Average Speed: Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 450 km ÷ 5 h = 90 km/h.
(a) What direction is directly opposite to North-West?
(b) If you walk 4 km South and then 3 km East, in which general direction are you from your starting point?
(c) What is the angle between East and South? Compass Directions & Navigation 3 Marks
• (a) Opposite to North-West: Directly opposite (180°) is South-East.
• (b) Position: Moving South then East places you in the South-East direction from the starting point.
• (c) Angle East to South: East is 90° and South is 180°, so the angle is 180° - 90° = 90° (Right angle).
• Library is at (B, 2)
• Canteen is at (E, 2)
(a) How many grid units apart are the Library and Canteen?
(b) What is the real walking distance along the corridor between them? Grid Coordinate Navigation 3 Marks
• (a) Grid Units: Both are in Row 2. Difference in columns from B to E: C, D, E = 3 grid units.
• (b) Ground Distance: 3 grid units × 50 m = 150 metres.
1. Top View (Aerial View): Shows objects as viewed from directly overhead. Heights of buildings cannot be seen; only flat boundaries, roofs, streets, and footprints are visible.
2. Side View: Shows vertical height and facade of structures, but objects in front hide objects behind them.
3. Why Maps Use Top View: A top view allows accurate 2D geometric scaling, uninterrupted representation of every road, plot, and landmark without foreground objects blocking background buildings.
1. Take a piece of flexible cotton thread and tie a knot at one end.
2. Place the knot at the starting point of the river on the map.
3. Carefully trace the thread along all bends, curves, and meanders of the river until reaching the endpoint.
4. Mark the endpoint on the thread with a pen or pinch it with fingers.
5. Stretch the thread straight along a calibrated centimetre ruler to measure its length.
6. Multiply the thread length in centimetres by the map scale factor to find the real ground length of the river.
• Route 1 (Highway): 14 cm on map.
• Route 2 (Bypass): 11 cm on map.
The map scale is 1 cm = 15 km.
(a) Find the actual distance of both routes.
(b) How many kilometres shorter is Route 2? Shortest Path • Route Planning 3 Marks
• (a) Real Distances:
- Route 1: 14 × 15 km = 210 km.
- Route 2: 11 × 15 km = 165 km.
• (b) Difference: 210 km - 165 km = 45 km shorter.
(a) What are the real length and width of the garden?
(b) Find the actual ground area of the garden in square metres. Map Area Scale • Square Grid 3 Marks
• (a) Real Dimensions:
- Length = 4 cm × 50 m = 200 metres.
- Width = 4 cm × 50 m = 200 metres.
• (b) Ground Area: Side × Side = 200 m × 200 m = 40,000 sq m.
(a) What are the actual dimensions of the living room?
(b) What is its floor area in square metres?
(c) If flooring costs ₹120 per sq m, find the total cost of tiling the room. Floor Plan Interpretation 3 Marks
• (a) Dimensions: Length = 6 m, Breadth = 4.5 m.
• (b) Floor Area: 6 m × 4.5 m = 27 sq m.
• (c) Tiling Cost: 27 sq m × ₹120 = ₹3,240.
(a) What will be the side length of the park on Map 2?
(b) How many times larger will the area of the drawing appear on Map 2? Map Enlargement & Reduction 3 Marks
• Real side of park = 2 cm × 100 m = 200 metres.
• (a) Side on Map 2: 200 m ÷ 50 m = 4 cm.
• (b) Area Comparison on Paper:
- Map 1 area = 2 cm × 2 cm = 4 cm².
- Map 2 area = 4 cm × 4 cm = 16 cm².
- Ratio = 16 ÷ 4 = 4 times larger.
(a) In which direction from New Delhi is Kerala located?
(b) In which direction from New Delhi is Assam located?
(c) Which sea lies to the West of India? India Map • Border State Directions 3 Marks
• (a) Kerala from Delhi: Kerala lies directly towards the South.
• (b) Assam from Delhi: Assam lies towards the East (North-East).
• (c) Sea to the West: The Arabian Sea lies to the West of the Indian peninsula.
(a) How many kilometres does he cycle in 2 hours?
(b) How many centimetres of map distance does his 2-hour ride represent? Speed-Distance-Scale Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Distance Covered: 15 km/h × 2 h = 30 km.
• (b) Map Distance: 30 km ÷ 5 km/cm = 6 cm on the map.
(a) What shape is the jogging track?
(b) If 1 grid unit = 25 metres, find the total perimeter of the track in metres. Perimeter on a Grid Map 3 Marks
• (a) Shape: Opposite sides are equal (6 and 8 units) and meet at right angles → Rectangle.
• (b) Perimeter:
- Total grid units = 6 + 8 + 6 + 8 = 28 units.
- Real perimeter = 28 × 25 m = 700 metres.
1. Definition: A map legend (or key) is an explanatory box that explains the meaning of various colours, signs, and symbols used on the map.
2. Common Symbols:
• Blue lines/areas: Rivers, canals, or water bodies.
• Black parallel lines with cross-ties: Railway tracks.
• Red cross (+): Hospital or clinic.
• Small flag or building: School.
(a) What angle does North-East make with North?
(b) What angle does North-East make with East?
(c) What is the angle between North-East and South-West? Compass Angles • Half Cardinal Directions 3 Marks
• (a) North to North-East: 90° ÷ 2 = 45°.
• (b) North-East to East: 90° ÷ 2 = 45°.
• (c) North-East to South-West: They are directly opposite directions along a straight line = 180° (Straight angle).
(a) What is the actual length of the bridge in metres?
(b) Express this length in kilometres.
(c) A car crosses this bridge at 60 km/h. How many seconds does it take to cross? River Bridge Crossing • Scale Calculation 3 Marks
• (a) Actual Length: 2.4 cm × 500 m = 1,200 metres.
• (b) In Kilometres: 1,200 ÷ 1,000 = 1.2 km.
• (c) Crossing Time:
- Speed = 60 km/h = (60 × 1,000) ÷ 3,600 = 16.67 m/s.
- Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 1,200 m ÷ 16.67 m/s = 72 seconds (1 minute 12 seconds).
Point A is at (1, 1) and Point B is at (5, 4). Each grid unit is 200 metres.
(a) How many units East must one travel?
(b) How many units North must one travel?
(c) What is the total real travel distance along the streets? Grid Coordinate Distance • Manhattan Distance 3 Marks
• (a) East Units: 5 - 1 = 4 units East.
• (b) North Units: 4 - 1 = 3 units North.
• (c) Total Travel Distance:
- Total grid units = 4 + 3 = 7 units.
- Real distance = 7 × 200 m = 1,400 metres (1.4 km).
1. Actual Ground Distance: From Map X: 8 cm × 20 km = 160 km.
2. Scale of Map Y: On Map Y, 4 cm represents 160 km.
3. Therefore, 1 cm on Map Y represents: 160 km ÷ 4 = 40 km.
Scale of Map Y: 1 cm = 40 km.
(a) What diameter will it have on a blueprint with scale 1 cm = 25 m?
(b) What diameter will it have on a city map with scale 1 cm = 50 m? Aerial Map Scale Comparison 3 Marks
• (a) Blueprint (1 cm = 25 m): 150 ÷ 25 = 6 cm.
• (b) City Map (1 cm = 50 m): 150 ÷ 50 = 3 cm.
(b) If a map scale says '1:100,000', what does 1 cm on the map represent in kilometres on the ground? Scale Factor • Mathematical Definition 3 Marks
• (a) Definition: The scale of a map is the constant ratio between the distance measured on the map and the corresponding actual distance measured on the ground.
• (b) Ratio 1:100,000:
- 1 cm on map = 100,000 cm on ground.
- 100,000 cm ÷ 100 = 1,000 metres.
- 1,000 m = 1 kilometre.
- So 1 cm on the map represents exactly 1 km on the ground.
(a) What does it mean when contour lines are drawn very close to each other?
(b) What does it mean when contour lines are far apart? Elevation Contours & Topography 3 Marks
• (a) Close Contour Lines: Indicate a steep slope or cliff, where the elevation changes rapidly over a very short horizontal ground distance.
• (b) Far Apart Contour Lines: Indicate a gentle slope or flat plain, where elevation changes very gradually over a long distance.
(a) A map scale of 1 cm = 10 km represents a larger area than a scale of 1 cm = 100 m on the same size sheet of paper.
(b) East is always 180° clockwise from North.
(c) The top of every official map is always oriented toward North. True or False with Map Reasoning 3 Marks
• (a) True: At 1 cm = 10 km, each centimetre covers 10,000 metres of ground, so the same paper sheet covers a vastly larger geographic territory (small-scale map).
• (b) False: East is 90° clockwise from North (180° clockwise is South).
• (c) True: By international cartographic standard convention, the top edge of a map points toward true North (unless explicitly indicated otherwise by a north arrow).
(a) Plot or describe the coordinates of Station 1, Station 2, and Station 3.
(b) In which direction and at what distance is Station 3 from the Central Depot?
(c) What shape is formed by the complete delivery path if the van returns directly from Station 3 to the Central Depot? Comprehensive Map Review • Town Tour 3 Marks
• (a) Coordinates:
- Depot: (0, 0)
- Station 1: 4 km North → (0, 4)
- Station 2: 3 km East → (3, 4)
- Station 3: 4 km South → (3, 0).
• (b) Relative Position of Station 3: Station 3 is at (3, 0), which is exactly 3 km East of Central Depot.
• (c) Path Shape: The path goes North (4 km), East (3 km), South (4 km), and West back to depot (3 km). This forms a perfect Rectangle (4 km × 3 km) with perimeter = 4 + 3 + 4 + 3 = 14 km.
Competency Question: Hiking Trail Map Interpretation
Real-World Math Context: On a hiking map of a nature sanctuary, 1 cm = 400 metres. The trek comprises three sections: Valley Trail = 3.5 cm; Ridge Walk = 4.2 cm; Lake Loop = 2.8 cm.
Analytical Task: (a) Find the total length of the trek on the ground in kilometres.
(b) If a hiker walks at an average speed of 3.5 km/h, how long will the entire hike take?
Actual = 10.5 × 400 m = 4,200 m = 4.2 km.
Chapter 6: The Dairy Farm
दुग्धशाला (धारिता, लीटर-मिलीलीटर एवं व्यापारिक गणना)
- Standard units of liquid volume: 1 Litre (L) = 1,000 millilitres (mL).
- Common fractional benchmarks: 1/2 L = 500 mL, 1/4 L = 250 mL, 3/4 L = 750 mL.
- Adding and subtracting compound units of Litres and Millilitres.
- Packaging milk into pouches and cartons; commercial billing at given rates per litre.
- (a) True: Since $6 = 2 \times 3$, any number divisible by 6 is divisible by both of its factors (2 and 3).
- (b) False: 1 has only one factor (itself). A prime number must have exactly two distinct factors (1 and the number itself).
- (c) True: 1 is a factor of every integer, hence it is always the smallest common factor.
(a) How many litres of milk does the farm produce in one day?
(b) How many litres are produced in the month of June (30 days)?
(c) If milk is sold at ₹52 per litre, calculate the total revenue in June. Dairy Farm Operations • Daily Milk Production 3 Marks
• (a) Daily Milk: 12 cows × 8 L/cow = 96 litres per day.
• (b) June Production (30 days): 96 L × 30 = 2,880 litres.
• (c) June Revenue: 2,880 L × ₹52 = ₹1,49,760.
• 40 packets of 500 mL each
• 30 bottles of 1 Litre each
(a) What is the total volume of milk packaged in packets and bottles?
(b) How much loose milk remains in the can? Capacity Distribution • Can Sizes 3 Marks
• (a) Packaged Milk:
- 40 packets × 500 mL = 20,000 mL = 20 Litres.
- 30 bottles × 1 L = 30 Litres.
- Total packaged = 20 L + 30 L = 50 Litres.
• (b) Loose Milk Remaining: 65 L - 50 L = 15 Litres.
(a) Add: 15 L 450 mL + 8 L 850 mL
(b) Subtract: 20 L - 14 L 350 mL
(c) Convert 3,750 mL into Litres and Millilitres. Unit Conversions • Litres and Millilitres 3 Marks
• (a) Addition: 450 mL + 850 mL = 1,300 mL = 1 L 300 mL. 15 L + 8 L + 1 L = 24 L 300 mL.
• (b) Subtraction: 20 L 000 mL - 14 L 350 mL = 19 L 1,000 mL - 14 L 350 mL = 5 L 650 mL.
• (c) Conversion: 3,750 mL = 3 Litres 750 mL (or 3.75 L).
1. Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40...
2. Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42...
3. Common Multiples: Numbers appearing in both lists are 12, 24, 36.
4. LCM: The smallest common multiple is 12. Thus, LCM(4, 6) = 12.
1. Tree A (Starting with 6 × 10):
• 60 = 6 × 10
• 6 splits into 2 × 3
• 10 splits into 2 × 5
• Prime factors: 2, 3, 2, 5.
2. Tree B (Starting with 4 × 15):
• 60 = 4 × 15
• 4 splits into 2 × 2
• 15 splits into 3 × 5
• Prime factors: 2, 2, 3, 5.
3. Prime Factorization: 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5. Both trees yield identical prime factors.
(a) What is the smallest number of butter packets that can be packed completely in either boxes of 6 or boxes of 8 without leaving any packets out?
(b) How many boxes of 6 and how many boxes of 8 will be needed for that quantity? Multiples Problem • Packaging Butter 3 Marks
• (a) Smallest Number (LCM):
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30...
- Multiples of 8: 8, 16, 24, 32...
- LCM(6, 8) = 24 packets.
• (b) Number of Boxes:
- Boxes of 6 = 24 ÷ 6 = 4 boxes.
- Boxes of 8 = 24 ÷ 8 = 3 boxes.
(b) Write all the factors of 48.
(c) List all the common factors of 36 and 48. What is their Highest Common Factor (HCF)? Factors • Listing & Pairs 3 Marks
• (a) Factors of 36: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36.
• (b) Factors of 48: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48.
• (c) Common Factors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12.
- Highest Common Factor (HCF): 12.
(a) How many litres are delivered to Societies Alpha and Beta combined?
(b) How many litres does the processing plant receive? Milk Tanker Capacity • Multi-Station Supply 3 Marks
• (a) Societies Combined: 2,450 L + 3,180 L = 5,630 litres.
• (b) Processing Plant: 8,000 L - 5,630 L = 2,370 litres.
(a) How many kilograms of paneer can be made from 45 litres of milk?
(b) How many litres of milk are required to prepare 8.5 kg of paneer? Paneer Yield • Unitary Proportions 3 Marks
• (a) Paneer from 45 L: 45 ÷ 5 = 9 kg of paneer.
• (b) Milk for 8.5 kg Paneer: 8.5 × 5 = 42.5 litres of milk.
(a) How can he measure exactly 900 mL of milk using minimum pours?
(b) How can he measure exactly 1 litre (1,000 mL) using both cans? Measuring Jugs • Filling Volumes 3 Marks
• (a) For 900 mL:
- Take two 200 mL cans and one 500 mL can: 200 + 200 + 500 = 900 mL (3 pours).
• (b) For 1,000 mL (1 Litre):
- Use the 500 mL can twice: 500 + 500 = 1,000 mL, OR
- Using both cans: one 200 mL can and two 500 mL cans minus one 200 mL can, or simpler: five 200 mL cans.
- Best combination using both cans: two 200 mL + two 300 mL (or two 500 mL cans).
(a) What is the cost of 1 kg of ghee?
(b) A customer buys 6 jars of ghee. How many kg of ghee does he get, and what is his total bill? Ghee Production • Cost & Profit 3 Marks
• (a) Cost of 1 kg: 1 kg = 1,000 g = two 500 g jars. Cost = 2 × ₹340 = ₹680 per kg.
• (b) 6 Jars Purchase:
- Total weight = 6 × 500 g = 3,000 g = 3 kg.
- Total bill = 6 × ₹340 = ₹2,040.
(a) Find total time spent unloading milk at the booths.
(b) Find total driving time between booths.
(c) At what time does the truck complete all deliveries? Milk Delivery Route • Time Schedule 3 Marks
• (a) Unloading Time: 8 booths × 15 min = 120 minutes = 2 hours.
• (b) Driving Time: 7 trips × 10 min = 70 minutes (1 hour 10 minutes).
• (c) Completion Time:
- Total elapsed time = 2 h + 1 h 10 min = 3 hours 10 minutes.
- 4:30 AM + 3 h 10 min = 7:40 AM.
(a) List factors in circle for 20.
(b) List factors in circle for 30.
(c) Which numbers are placed in the overlapping shared intersection? Common Factors • Venn Diagram Model 3 Marks
• Factors of 20: 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20.
• Factors of 30: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30.
• (c) Overlapping Intersection (Common Factors): 1, 2, 5, 10.
- Non-shared in 20 only: 4, 20.
- Non-shared in 30 only: 3, 6, 15, 30.
(a) How many kilograms of feed does one cow consume in one day?
(b) How many kilograms of feed are required for all 12 cows for one day? Dairy Cattle Feed • Ration Calculation 3 Marks
• (a) One Cow Daily:
- Per feeding = 4 kg + 2.5 kg = 6.5 kg.
- Twice a day = 6.5 kg × 2 = 13 kg per day.
• (b) 12 Cows Daily: 12 × 13 kg = 156 kg of feed.
(a) Does 1 litre of milk weigh more or less than 1 litre of water (1,000 g)? By how much?
(b) What is the weight of 5 litres of pure milk in kilograms and grams? Milk Adulteration Test • Density Measurement 3 Marks
• (a) Comparison: Milk weighs 1,032 g while water weighs 1,000 g. Milk weighs more than water by 32 grams per litre.
• (b) Weight of 5 Litres: 5 × 1,032 g = 5,160 g = 5 kg 160 g.
11, 15, 19, 21, 29, 33, 37.
Give the definition of a prime number. Prime and Composite Numbers • Classification 3 Marks
• Definition: A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that has exactly two distinct factors: 1 and itself.
• Classification:
- Prime Numbers: 11, 19, 29, 37 (only divisible by 1 and itself).
- Composite Numbers: 15 (3 × 5), 21 (3 × 7), 33 (3 × 11).
(a) What is the total volume of buttermilk prepared?
(b) If buttermilk is served in 250 mL glasses at ₹15 each, how many glasses can be poured?
(c) What is the total collection from selling all the glasses? Dairy Churning • Curd to Buttermilk 3 Marks
• (a) Total Volume: 12 L + 18 L = 30 Litres.
• (b) Number of Glasses:
- 30 L = 30,000 mL.
- Glasses = 30,000 ÷ 250 = 120 glasses.
• (c) Total Collection: 120 × ₹15 = ₹1,800.
1. Fraction added = 4/5 - 3/5 = 1/5 of the container.
2. Given: 1/5 of the total capacity = 14 litres.
3. Total capacity = 14 × 5 = 70 litres.
4. Verification: 3/5 of 70 = 42 L. Adding 14 L gives 42 + 14 = 56 L. 4/5 of 70 = 56 L. Solution verified!
(a) How much money do they save in one year (52 weeks)?
(b) If they invest ₹1,50,000 from their savings to purchase a chilling unit, how much savings remain? Dairy Cooperative Savings 3 Marks
• (a) Annual Savings: 52 × ₹4,200 = ₹2,18,400.
• (b) Remaining Savings: ₹2,18,400 - ₹1,50,000 = ₹68,400.
(b) Are 8 and 15 co-prime? Justify your answer by listing their factors. Number Logic • Co-prime Numbers 3 Marks
• (a) Definition: Two numbers are co-prime if they have no common factor other than 1 (i.e. HCF = 1).
• (b) Analysis of 8 and 15:
- Factors of 8: 1, 2, 4, 8.
- Factors of 15: 1, 3, 5, 15.
- Common factor: Only 1.
- Conclusion: Yes, 8 and 15 are co-prime numbers.
(a) How many millilitres of condensed milk are used per tub?
(b) If production is increased by 50%, how many litres of milk will be required daily? Ice-Cream Factory Milk Usage 3 Marks
• (a) Milk per Tub: 150 L = 150,000 mL. Milk per tub = 150,000 ÷ 600 = 250 mL per tub.
• (b) 50% Increase: 150 L + (50% of 150 L) = 150 + 75 = 225 litres daily.
(a) 4,500 mL
(b) 850 mL
(c) 25 mL
(d) 10,250 mL Mental Arithmetic • Division by 10, 100 3 Marks
• (a) 4,500 mL: 4,500 ÷ 1,000 = 4.5 L.
• (b) 850 mL: 850 ÷ 1,000 = 0.85 L.
• (c) 25 mL: 25 ÷ 1,000 = 0.025 L.
• (d) 10,250 mL: 10,250 ÷ 1,000 = 10.25 L.
(a) Every multiple of 6 is also a multiple of 2 and 3.
(b) 1 is the smallest prime number.
(c) A capacity of 2 L 50 mL equals 2.5 Litres. True or False with Arithmetic Reasoning 3 Marks
• (a) True: Since 6 = 2 × 3, any multiple of 6 contains both 2 and 3 as factors, so it is divisible by both 2 and 3.
• (b) False: 1 has only one factor (itself), whereas prime numbers require exactly two distinct factors. The smallest prime number is 2.
• (c) False: 50 mL = 50 ÷ 1,000 = 0.05 L. Therefore 2 L 50 mL = 2.05 Litres (2.5 L is 2 L 500 mL).
(a) What is the closing stock on Monday evening?
(b) How much unused capacity remains in the storage tank? Comprehensive Dairy Farm Review 3 Marks
• (a) Closing Stock:
- Opening stock = 4,200 L.
- Total available = 4,200 + 8,400 = 12,600 L.
- Dispatched = 7,850 L.
- Closing stock = 12,600 - 7,850 = 4,750 litres.
• (b) Unused Capacity: 15,000 L - 4,750 L = 10,250 litres unused.
Competency Question: Community Milk Tea Stall Procurement
Real-World Math Context: A tea vendor makes 1 cup of special masala chai using 75 mL of milk. On Sunday, he prepares 400 cups of tea. Milk is bought in 1-litre bottles costing ₹62 each.
Analytical Task: (a) How much milk in litres is needed for 400 cups?
(b) How many whole 1-litre bottles must he buy, and how much will he spend?
Chapter 7: Shapes and Patterns
आकृतियाँ और पैटर्न (ज्यामितीय आकृतियाँ, घूर्णन एवं टाइलिंग)
- 2D geometric shapes: Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Pentagons, Hexagons and their properties.
- Rotational patterns: Rotating a motif by 1/4 turn (90°), 1/2 turn (180°), or 1/6 turn (60°).
- Tessellations (Tiling): Covering a flat surface completely with geometric tiles without any gaps or overlapping.
- Number and shape sequences following progressive mathematical rules.
- (a) 1, 4, 9, 16, 25: Rule: Square of consecutive natural numbers ($1^2, 2^2, 3^2, 4^2, 5^2$). Next terms: $6^2 = \mathbf{36}$, $7^2 = \mathbf{49}$.
- (b) 3, 6, 12, 24: Rule: Multiply by 2. Next terms: $24 \times 2 = \mathbf{48}$, $48 \times 2 = \mathbf{96}$.
- (c) 100, 95, 85, 70: Rule: Subtract consecutive multiples of 5 ($-5, -10, -15$). Next terms: $70 - 20 = \mathbf{50}$, $50 - 25 = \mathbf{25}$.
(b) What is the angle of turn in a 1/4 turn?
(c) Which of the following shapes look identical after a 1/2 turn: Rectangle, Equilateral Triangle, Letter 'S', Letter 'M'? Rotational Symmetry • Turns & Degrees 3 Marks
• (a) 1/2 Turn: 360° ÷ 2 = 180°.
• (b) 1/4 Turn: 360° ÷ 4 = 90°.
• (c) Shapes that look identical after 1/2 turn (180°):
- Rectangle: Yes (180° rotation matches perfectly).
- Equilateral Triangle: No (apex points downward after 1/2 turn).
- Letter 'S': Yes (180° rotation gives 'S').
- Letter 'M': No (turns upside down into 'W').
Identical shapes: Rectangle and Letter 'S'.
1 × 9 + 2 = 11
12 × 9 + 3 = 111
123 × 9 + 4 = 1111
Explain the pattern rule. Number Patterns • Multiplication Arrays 3 Marks
• Line 4: 1234 × 9 + 5 = 11,111.
• Line 5: 12345 × 9 + 6 = 1,11,111.
• Rule: In each successive line, the multiplicand adds the next natural digit on the right (1, 12, 123, 1234, 12345), the added number increases by 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6), and the resulting product consists entirely of the digit 1 repeated one more time than in the previous line.
1 + 2 + 3 = 6
2 + 3 + 4 = 9
3 + 4 + 5 = 12
(a) Find the next two lines in this pattern.
(b) What is the mathematical relationship between the middle number and the sum? Sum of Consecutive Numbers Pattern 3 Marks
• (a) Next Two Lines:
- Line 4: 4 + 5 + 6 = 15.
- Line 5: 5 + 6 + 7 = 18.
• (b) Mathematical Relationship:
- For 1, 2, 3: Middle number is 2; Sum = 6 = 3 × 2.
- For 2, 3, 4: Middle number is 3; Sum = 9 = 3 × 3.
- For 3, 4, 5: Middle number is 4; Sum = 12 = 3 × 4.
Rule: The sum of three consecutive numbers is always exactly 3 times the middle number ($3 \times M$).
8 1 6 → 15 3 5 7 → 15 4 9 2 → 15 ↓ ↓ ↓ 15 15 15 Diagonals: 8+5+2 = 15; 6+5+4 = 15.
• Center Number: The number 5 must be placed in the center.
• Reason: The center cell is part of 4 lines (1 row, 1 column, 2 diagonals). The average of numbers 1 to 9 is (1 + 9) ÷ 2 = 5, which is the median value required to balance all pairs adding to 10 (1+9, 2+8, 3+7, 4+6).
If two circles contain 7 and 9, what number goes in the square between them? If a square contains 72 and one circle is 8, what number is in the other circle? Magic Hexagon • Circles & Squares 3 Marks
• (a) Circles with 7 and 9: Square = 7 × 9 = 63.
• (b) Square is 72, Circle is 8: Other circle = 72 ÷ 8 = 9.
1, 4, 9, 16, 25...
(a) Find the next three square numbers.
(b) Write each square number as the sum of consecutive odd numbers starting from 1 (e.g., 4 = 1 + 3). Square Numbers Pattern • Visual Dots 3 Marks
• (a) Next Three Numbers: 6² = 36, 7² = 49, 8² = 64.
• (b) Sum of Odd Numbers:
- 1 = 1
- 4 = 1 + 3
- 9 = 1 + 3 + 5
- 16 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7
- 25 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9
- 36 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11.
(a) Take the number 48. Reverse its digits and add them together. Repeat the process if needed to get a palindrome.
(b) Is 1,001 a palindrome? What is the next 4-digit palindrome after 1,001? Palindromic Numbers • Reverse and Add 3 Marks
• (a) Process for 48:
- Step 1: Number = 48. Reverse = 84.
- Step 2: Sum = 48 + 84 = 132 (not yet a palindrome).
- Step 3: Reverse of 132 = 231.
- Step 4: Sum = 132 + 231 = 363 (which reads the same forwards and backwards → Palindrome!).
• (b) 1,001: Yes, 1,001 is a palindrome. The next 4-digit palindrome is 1,111.
(b) Using the same rule, encode the word: 'CLEVER'. Secret Message Codes • Alphabet Shifts 3 Marks
• (a) Decoding 'CPPL': Shift backward by 1 letter (-1):
- C - 1 = B
- P - 1 = O
- P - 1 = O
- L - 1 = K
Decoded Word: BOOK.
• (b) Encoding 'CLEVER': Shift forward by 1 letter (+1):
- C → D, L → M, E → F, V → W, E → F, R → S.
Encoded Message: DMFWFS.
(b) Can regular hexagons tile a flat surface without gaps or overlaps? Explain why with reference to angles.
(c) Can regular octagons alone tile a floor? Explain. Tessellation & Tiling • Surface Covering 3 Marks
• (a) Definition: Tessellation is the covering of a plane using one or more geometric shapes with no gaps and no overlaps.
• (b) Regular Hexagons: Yes. Each interior angle of a regular hexagon is 120°. At each meeting vertex, 3 hexagons meet: 120° × 3 = 360°. Since their angles sum to exactly 360°, they tile seamlessly (honeycomb pattern).
• (c) Regular Octagons: No, octagons alone cannot tile a floor. Each interior angle is 135°. Two octagons give 135° + 135° = 270°, leaving a gap of 360° - 270° = 90° (which requires a square to fill the gap).
(a) A 1/3 turn
(b) A 1/6 turn
(c) Which regular shape looks identical after a 1/3 turn?
(d) Which shape looks identical after a 1/6 turn? 1/3 Turn and 1/6 Turn Rotations 3 Marks
• (a) 1/3 Turn: 360° ÷ 3 = 120°.
• (b) 1/6 Turn: 360° ÷ 6 = 60°.
• (c) Identical after 1/3 turn: An Equilateral Triangle (has 3-fold rotational symmetry).
• (d) Identical after 1/6 turn: A Regular Hexagon (or 6-pointed star, has 6-fold symmetry).
1, 3, 6, 10, 15...
(a) Find the next two triangular numbers.
(b) What is the relationship between the sum of two consecutive triangular numbers? Triangular Numbers Pattern 3 Marks
• Differences are consecutive integers: +2, +3, +4, +5...
• (a) Next Two Numbers:
- 15 + 6 = 21.
- 21 + 7 = 28.
• (b) Sum of Consecutive Triangular Numbers:
- 1 + 3 = 4 = 2² (Square number)
- 3 + 6 = 9 = 3² (Square number)
- 6 + 10 = 16 = 4² (Square number)
- 10 + 15 = 25 = 5² (Square number)
Rule: The sum of any two consecutive triangular numbers is always a Square Number!
1. Place the smallest numbers 1, 2, 3 at the three corner vertices.
2. Corner sum = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
3. Sides:
• Side between 1 and 2: needs 9 - (1 + 2) = 6 in the middle.
• Side between 2 and 3: needs 9 - (2 + 3) = 4 in the middle.
• Side between 3 and 1: needs 9 - (3 + 1) = 5 in the middle.
Check: 1+6+2 = 9; 2+4+3 = 9; 3+5+1 = 9. All numbers 1 to 6 used exactly once!
(a) What will be the 15th shape in this repeating pattern?
(b) What will be the 28th shape? Border Tiling Strip Patterns 3 Marks
• Pattern sequence: 1 = UP, 2 = Square, 3 = DOWN, 4 = Circle.
• (a) 15th Shape: 15 ÷ 4 = 3 with remainder 3. Position 3 is Triangle pointing DOWN.
• (b) 28th Shape: 28 ÷ 4 = 7 with remainder 0 (exact multiple of 4). Position 4 is Circle.
11 × 11 = 121
111 × 111 = 12321
1111 × 1111 = 1234321
(a) What will be the value of 11111 × 11111 without doing long multiplication?
(b) Explain the symmetry in the digits of the product. Number Grid Patterns • Magic Multiplications 3 Marks
• (a) Product: 11,111 × 11,111 = 123454321 (One crore twenty-three lakh forty-five thousand four hundred twenty-one).
• (b) Symmetry Explanation: The digits count up from 1 to the number of ones in the factor (5 digits: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) and then mirror backwards symmetrically down to 1 (4, 3, 2, 1), forming a numerical palindrome.
(a) Square
(b) Regular Pentagon
(c) Regular Octagon
(d) Circle Rotational Symmetry Order 3 Marks
• (a) Square: Rotates onto itself 4 times in a 360° turn (every 90°) → Order 4.
• (b) Regular Pentagon: Rotates onto itself 5 times (every 72°) → Order 5.
• (c) Regular Octagon: Rotates onto itself 8 times (every 45°) → Order 8.
• (d) Circle: Any rotation around its center leaves it unchanged → Infinite order.
1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13...
(a) Find the next three numbers in the sequence.
(b) Where in nature can this pattern be observed? Fibonacci Sequence • Nature's Pattern 3 Marks
• (a) Next Three Numbers:
- 8 + 13 = 21.
- 13 + 21 = 34.
- 21 + 34 = 55.
• (b) Occurrences in Nature: Number of petals on flowers (daisies, sunflowers), spiral arrangement of sunflower seeds, pine cone scales, and pineapple skins.
(a) Which letters have both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry?
(b) Which letter has rotational symmetry of order 2 but NO line of symmetry? Alphabet Symmetry • Rotational vs Line 3 Marks
• (a) Both Vertical & Horizontal Lines of Symmetry: H, O, X (can be reflected across both axes).
• (b) Rotational Symmetry but No Line Symmetry: Z.
- Letter 'Z' has no axis of reflection (horizontal or vertical reflection reverses the diagonal), but rotating by 180° (half-turn) reproduces an identical 'Z'.
1. Total sum of numbers from 6 to 14 = (6 + 14) × 9 ÷ 2 = 20 × 4.5 = 90.
2. Row Sum (Magic Constant): 90 ÷ 3 rows = 30.
3. Center Number: Median value = (6 + 14) ÷ 2 = 10.
Check: 3 × Center number = 3 × 10 = 30 = Magic constant.
• Difference sequence: 6 - 2 = 4, 12 - 6 = 6, 20 - 12 = 8, 30 - 20 = 10.
• The difference increases by +2 each time (consecutive even numbers: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14).
• Next difference must be +12: 30 + 12 = 42.
• Verification: 42 + 14 = 56. Correct!
Alternative Rule: $n \times (n + 1)$: 1×2=2, 2×3=6, 3×4=12, 4×5=20, 5×6=30, 6×7=42, 7×8=56.
(a) What fraction of a turn brings each blade to the position of the next blade?
(b) How many degrees of rotation is that?
(c) Does the windmill look identical after a 1/4 turn, 1/2 turn, and 3/4 turn? Windmill Blade Rotations 3 Marks
• (a) Fraction of a Turn: 4 blades = 1/4 turn.
• (b) Degrees: 360° ÷ 4 = 90°.
• (c) Symmetry: Yes, it has 4-fold rotational symmetry and looks identical after a 1/4 turn (90°), 1/2 turn (180°), and 3/4 turn (270°).
(a) How many equilateral triangles are required to make a regular hexagon?
(b) What is the sum of angles around the central meeting point? Rangoli Geometric Tessellation 3 Marks
• (a) Number of Triangles: Exactly 6 equilateral triangles meet at a central vertex to form a regular hexagon.
• (b) Sum of Angles: Each equilateral triangle has an angle of 60°. 6 × 60° = 360° (a complete circle).
(a) How can you instantly find the sum of all 9 dates using only the center number?
(b) If the center date is 14, what is the sum of all 9 numbers in that 3×3 square? Calendar Number Patterns 3 Marks
• (a) Rule: Because calendar numbers are symmetrically distributed horizontally (±1) and vertically (±7), the sum of all 9 numbers is always exactly 9 times the center number ($9 \times C$).
• (b) Calculation for Center = 14: Sum = 9 × 14 = 126.
(a) An equilateral triangle looks identical after a 1/2 turn.
(b) Any number multiplied by 9 has the sum of its digits equal to 9 or a multiple of 9.
(c) A circle has only 4 lines of symmetry. True or False with Pattern Reasoning 3 Marks
• (a) False: In a 1/2 turn (180°), an equilateral triangle flips upside down with its base at the top and apex at the bottom.
• (b) True: By the divisibility rule for 9, the digital sum of any multiple of 9 is always 9, 18, 27... (a multiple of 9).
• (c) False: A circle has infinite lines of symmetry (any diameter passing through the center is a line of symmetry).
(a) What will be the side of the next two squares?
(b) What is this famous series called, and what are the areas of the first four squares? Comprehensive Pattern Review 3 Marks
• (a) Next Sides: Sum of previous two sides: 5 + 8 = 13 cm, then 8 + 13 = 21 cm.
• (b) Series & Areas:
- Name: Fibonacci Sequence.
- Area of 1 cm square: 1 × 1 = 1 cm².
- Area of 2 cm square: 2 × 2 = 4 cm².
- Area of 3 cm square: 3 × 3 = 9 cm².
- Area of 5 cm square: 5 × 5 = 25 cm².
Competency Question: Heritage Haveli Flooring Tile Design
Real-World Math Context: An architect designs a courtyard floor measuring 12 metres by 8 metres using rectangular tiles of size 40 cm by 20 cm.
Analytical Task: (a) What is the area of the courtyard in square centimetres?
(b) What is the area of one tile?
(c) How many tiles are needed to pave the entire floor without gaps?
Chapter 8: Weight and Capacity
भार और धारिता (किलोग्राम-ग्राम, बाट संतुलन एवं तराजू)
- Units of mass: 1 Kilogram (kg) = 1,000 grams (g).
- Benchmark weights: 1/2 kg = 500 g, 1/4 kg = 250 g, 3/4 kg = 750 g.
- Balancing two-pan scales: Left Pan Weight = Right Pan Weight.
- Solving multi-step grocery word problems involving weights and prices per kg.
(b) How many 250 g weights balance a 2 kg weight?
(c) A grocer has weights of 500 g, 200 g, and 100 g only. How can he weigh exactly 800 g of dal using minimum weights? Standard Weights • Balancing Beam Balance 3 Marks
• (a) For 1 kg (1,000 g): 1,000 ÷ 200 = 5 weights of 200 g.
• (b) For 2 kg (2,000 g): 2,000 ÷ 250 = 8 weights of 250 g.
• (c) Weighing 800 g: Combine one 500 g weight, one 200 g weight, and one 100 g weight: 500 + 200 + 100 = 800 g (3 weights total).
• 2.5 kg onions at ₹36 per kg
• 1.5 kg tomatoes at ₹40 per kg
• 750 g ginger at ₹120 per kg
(a) Find the cost of each item.
(b) Calculate her total bill.
(c) If she pays with a ₹500 note, how much change is refunded? Vegetable Shopping • Multi-Item Bill 3 Marks
• (a) Individual Costs:
- Onions: 2.5 × ₹36 = ₹90.
- Tomatoes: 1.5 × ₹40 = ₹60.
- Ginger: 750 g = 0.75 kg. Cost = 0.75 × ₹120 = ₹90.
• (b) Total Bill: ₹90 + ₹60 + ₹90 = ₹240.
• (c) Change: ₹500 - ₹240 = ₹260.
1. Place the 5 kg weight on the left pan.
2. Place the 2 kg weight on the right pan.
3. Pour rice into the right pan (alongside the 2 kg weight) until both pans balance perfectly.
4. Since Left Pan = Right Pan:
5 kg = 2 kg + Rice Weight → Rice Weight = 5 kg - 2 kg = 3 kg of rice.
(a) 4 kg 350 g into grams
(b) 8,075 g into kilograms and grams
(c) 3/4 kg into grams
(d) 2.25 kg into grams Unit Conversions • Kilograms & Grams 3 Marks
• (a) 4 kg 350 g: (4 × 1,000) + 350 = 4,350 g.
• (b) 8,075 g: 8,000 g + 75 g = 8 kg 75 g.
• (c) 3/4 kg: 3/4 of 1,000 = 1,000 × 3 ÷ 4 = 750 g.
• (d) 2.25 kg: 2.25 × 1,000 = 2,250 g.
(a) A family uses 350 litres for washing, 180 litres for cooking, and 420 litres for bathing daily. How many litres are consumed in total?
(b) How many litres of water remain in the tank? Water Tank Capacity • In-Text Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Total Used: 350 L + 180 L + 420 L = 950 litres.
• (b) Remaining Water: 1,200 L - 950 L = 250 litres.
(a) Find the total weight of wheat in kilograms.
(b) How many 25 kg sacks does he fill completely? Grain Bag Packaging • Division 3 Marks
• (a) Total Kilograms: 6 quintals × 100 kg/quintal = 600 kg.
• (b) Number of Sacks: 600 kg ÷ 25 kg/sack = 24 sacks.
(a) How many mL does the child take in one day?
(b) What is the total volume of cough syrup needed for the 5-day course?
(c) Will a 100 mL bottle be sufficient? How much syrup will remain in the bottle? Medicine Dropper • Dosage Calculations 3 Marks
• (a) Daily Dose: 3 times × 5 mL = 15 mL per day.
• (b) Total for 5 Days: 5 days × 15 mL = 75 mL.
• (c) Bottle Sufficiency: Yes, 75 mL < 100 mL, so a 100 mL bottle is sufficient.
- Remaining syrup = 100 mL - 75 mL = 25 mL remaining.
(a) How many kilograms of rice are cooked daily?
(b) How many kilograms of dal are cooked daily?
(c) Calculate the total monthly requirement of rice for 22 school working days. School Mid-Day Meal • Ration Accounting 3 Marks
• (a) Daily Rice: 140 × 100 g = 14,000 g = 14 kg of rice.
• (b) Daily Dal: 140 × 30 g = 4,200 g = 4.2 kg (4 kg 200 g) of dal.
• (c) Monthly Rice (22 days): 22 × 14 kg = 308 kg of rice.
(a) What is the weight of a sack containing 1,000 such 5-rupee coins in kilograms?
(b) If a bag of 5-rupee coins weighs 4 kg 500 g, how many coins are in the bag? Weight of Money • Coin Stacks 3 Marks
• (a) Weight of 1,000 Coins: 1,000 × 9 g = 9,000 g = 9 kg.
• (b) Number of Coins:
- Total weight = 4 kg 500 g = 4,500 grams.
- Number of coins = 4,500 ÷ 9 g = 500 coins.
(a) How many full mugs of water are needed to fill the bucket completely?
(b) If 12 mugs of water are taken out of a full bucket, how many litres remain? Bucket and Mug Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Mugs to Fill: 15,000 mL ÷ 300 mL = 50 mugs.
• (b) Remaining Volume:
- Water removed = 12 × 300 mL = 3,600 mL = 3.6 L.
- Water left = 15 L - 3.6 L = 11.4 litres (11 L 400 mL).
2.8 kg, 2,750 g, 3 kg 50 g, 2,890 g, 3,000 g Comparing Heaviness • Metric Units 3 Marks
• 2.8 kg = 2,800 g
• 2,750 g = 2,750 g
• 3 kg 50 g = 3,050 g
• 2,890 g = 2,890 g
• 3,000 g = 3,000 g
Ordering from largest to smallest: 3,050 g > 3,000 g > 2,890 g > 2,800 g > 2,750 g.
Descending Order: 3 kg 50 g > 3,000 g > 2,890 g > 2.8 kg > 2,750 g.
(a) How many patients can be vaccinated from one vial?
(b) For a vaccination camp of 400 children, how many such vials must be opened? Liquid Medicine Ampoule • Millilitres 3 Marks
• (a) Doses per Vial: 50 mL ÷ 0.5 mL = 100 doses (100 patients).
• (b) Vials Needed: 400 children ÷ 100 doses/vial = 4 vials.
(a) How many children together weigh the same as the baby elephant?
(b) If an adult elephant weighs 3,600 kg, how many baby elephants equal the weight of one adult elephant? Elephant Weight vs Children Weight 3 Marks
• (a) Children Equivalent: 240 kg ÷ 30 kg = 8 children.
• (b) Adult vs Baby Elephant: 3,600 kg ÷ 240 kg = 15 baby elephants.
(a) How many teaspoons equal 1 tablespoon?
(b) A recipe requires 60 mL of olive oil. How many tablespoons is that?
(c) How many teaspoons of vanilla essence are needed to measure 25 mL? Teaspoon and Tablespoon Volumes 3 Marks
• (a) Teaspoons in a Tablespoon: 15 mL ÷ 5 mL = 3 teaspoons.
• (b) 60 mL Olive Oil: 60 ÷ 15 = 4 tablespoons.
• (c) 25 mL Vanilla: 25 ÷ 5 = 5 teaspoons.
(a) Find the postal charge for a book parcel weighing 180 grams.
(b) Find the postal charge for a parcel weighing 320 grams. Postal Parcel Weight Tariff 3 Marks
• (a) 180 g Parcel:
- First 50 g: ₹20.
- Remaining weight = 180 - 50 = 130 g.
- Additional 50 g slabs = 130 ÷ 50 = 2.6 → 3 slabs.
- Surcharge = 3 × ₹10 = ₹30.
- Total postage = ₹20 + ₹30 = ₹50.
• (b) 320 g Parcel:
- First 50 g: ₹20.
- Remaining = 320 - 50 = 270 g.
- Additional slabs = 270 ÷ 50 = 5.4 → 6 slabs.
- Surcharge = 6 × ₹10 = ₹60.
- Total postage = ₹20 + ₹60 = ₹80.
(a) How many mL of water are wasted in 1 hour?
(b) How many litres of water are wasted in a 24-hour day?
(c) If water is valued at ₹5 per 1,000 litres, what is the cost of water lost in a month of 30 days? Dripping Tap Water Waste 3 Marks
• (a) In 1 Hour (60 min): 20 mL × 60 = 1,200 mL (1.2 Litres).
• (b) In 1 Day (24 hours): 1.2 L × 24 = 28.8 litres wasted daily.
• (c) In 30 Days: 28.8 L × 30 = 864 litres.
- Financial loss = (864 ÷ 1,000) × ₹5 = ₹4.32.
(a) Which liquid is denser/heavier for the same volume?
(b) By how many grams does 1 litre of honey weigh more than 1 litre of water? Weight of Liquids • Water vs Honey 3 Marks
• (a) Heavier Liquid: For 500 mL, honey weighs 710 g while water weighs 500 g. Therefore, honey is denser and heavier.
• (b) Difference per Litre (1,000 mL):
- Weight of 1 L water = 2 × 500 g = 1,000 g.
- Weight of 1 L honey = 2 × 710 g = 1,420 g.
- Difference = 1,420 g - 1,000 g = 420 grams heavier per litre.
(a) Find the weight of atta produced.
(b) If the atta is packed into bags of 10 kg each, how many bags are packed? Flour Mill Packing • Sacks and Bags 3 Marks
• (a) Atta Produced:
- Loss = 5% of 1,500 kg = 75 kg.
- Net atta = 1,500 kg - 75 kg = 1,425 kg.
• (b) Bags Packed: 1,425 kg ÷ 10 kg/bag = 142 full bags (with 5 kg remaining).
1. Let the weight of 1 whole brick be $W$ kg.
2. Given balance condition: $W = \frac{3}{4}W + \frac{3}{4}\text{ kg}$.
3. Subtract $\frac{3}{4}W$ from both sides:
$W - \frac{3}{4}W = \frac{3}{4}\text{ kg} \rightarrow \frac{1}{4}W = \frac{3}{4}\text{ kg}$.
4. Multiply both sides by 4: $W = 4 \times \frac{3}{4} = \mathbf{3\text{ kg}}$.
5. Verification: 3/4 of 3 kg = 2.25 kg. 2.25 kg + 0.75 kg = 3.0 kg. Balanced!
(a) How many students can be served from one full cooler?
(b) If 160 cups are consumed, how many litres of lemon squash remain in the cooler? Juice Dispenser Refill 3 Marks
• (a) Total Cups: 25,000 mL ÷ 200 mL = 125 cups.
• (b) Consumption Analysis: Since 1 cooler holds only 125 cups, serving 160 cups requires more than 1 cooler (32 litres total). For 125 cups from 1 cooler, all 25 L are used. If 160 cups were served from a larger reservoir, 160 × 200 mL = 32 L were used.
(a) Find the weight in kg of 500 litres of aviation fuel.
(b) A plane takes on 4,000 kg of fuel. How many litres were pumped into its wings? Fuel Weight in Airplanes 3 Marks
• (a) Weight of 500 L: 500 L × 0.8 kg/L = 400 kg.
• (b) Litres for 4,000 kg: 4,000 kg ÷ 0.8 kg/L = 5,000 litres.
(a) Half of 1.5 Litres in millilitres
(b) Double of 750 mL in Litres
(c) 1/4 of 1 Litre in millilitres Mental Math • Capacity Halving and Doubling 3 Marks
• (a) Half of 1.5 L: 1,500 mL ÷ 2 = 750 mL.
• (b) Double of 750 mL: 750 × 2 = 1,500 mL = 1.5 Litres.
• (c) 1/4 of 1 L: 1,000 mL ÷ 4 = 250 mL.
(a) 1,500 grams is heavier than 1.45 kilograms.
(b) 1 millilitre equals 1 cubic centimetre (1 cm³).
(c) A standard 200 mL glass holds more than 1/4 litre of water. True or False with Measurement Reason 3 Marks
• (a) True: 1.45 kg = 1,450 g. Since 1,500 g > 1,450 g, it is heavier.
• (b) True: By scientific and metric definition, 1 mL is exactly the volume of a cube with 1 cm sides (1 cm × 1 cm × 1 cm = 1 cm³).
• (c) False: 1/4 Litre = 1,000 ÷ 4 = 250 mL. Since 200 mL < 250 mL, it holds less than 1/4 litre.
• 1.2 tonnes of rice (1 tonne = 1,000 kg)
• 450 kg of pulses
• 200 cans of cooking oil of 5 Litres each
(a) Find the total weight of food grains (rice + pulses) in kilograms.
(b) Find the total volume of cooking oil in Litres.
(c) If 500 families share the provisions equally, how much rice and oil does each family receive? Comprehensive Chapter Review 3 Marks
• (a) Food Grains Weight:
- Rice = 1.2 × 1,000 kg = 1,200 kg.
- Total grains = 1,200 kg + 450 kg = 1,650 kg.
• (b) Total Oil: 200 cans × 5 L = 1,000 Litres.
• (c) Per Family Share (500 Families):
- Rice = 1,200 kg ÷ 500 = 2.4 kg of rice per family.
- Oil = 1,000 L ÷ 500 = 2 Litres of oil per family.
Competency Question: Post Office Parcel Weighing Slab
Real-World Math Context: A post office charges ₹20 for a parcel weighing up to 50 g, and ₹10 for every additional 50 g or fraction thereof.
Analytical Task: How much postage stamp value must be affixed to send a book parcel weighing 380 grams?
Additional slabs = 330/50 = 6.6 ⇒ 7 slabs.
Cost = ₹20 + (7 × ₹10) = ₹90.
Chapter 9: Coconut Farm
नारियल का बाग (गुणन व्यूह, गुणनखंड वृक्ष एवं विभाजन)
- Rectangular arrays: Visualizing multiplication as Rows × Columns.
- Box/Grid Multiplication Method: Breaking two-digit numbers by expanded form.
- Factor Trees: Finding prime factorizations and factor pairs of composite numbers.
- Division with remainder: Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder.
- (a) Number of faces: An open box without a top lid has 1 base + 4 side walls = 5 square faces.
- (b) Area of 1 face: $5\text{ cm} \times 5\text{ cm} = 25\text{ cm}^2$.
- Total surface area: $5 \times 25\text{ cm}^2 = \mathbf{125\text{ cm}^2}$.
(a) Find the total number of coconut trees in the orchard using the box/grid multiplication method.
(b) Verify using the standard column multiplication algorithm. Coconut Orchard Planting • Multiplication Grid 3 Marks
• (a) Box Method: Split 24 into 20 + 4, and 18 into 10 + 8:
- 20 × 10 = 200
- 4 × 10 = 40
- 20 × 8 = 160
- 4 × 8 = 32
- Sum = 200 + 40 + 160 + 32 = 432 trees.
• (b) Column Method: 24 × 8 = 192; 24 × 10 = 240; 192 + 240 = 432 trees. Both methods match!
(a) How many full sacks are packed?
(b) If each sack is sold for ₹1,125, what is his total earnings from selling all the sacks? Harvest Yield • Coconut Packing in Sacks 3 Marks
• (a) Sacks Packed: 2,160 ÷ 45 = 48 sacks.
• (b) Total Earnings: 48 sacks × ₹1,125 = ₹54,000.
(a) What is his profit on 1 coconut?
(b) If he sells 65 coconuts on Sunday, calculate his total sales revenue and net profit. Coconut Water Stalls • Daily Earnings 3 Marks
• (a) Profit per Coconut: ₹45 - ₹28 = ₹17 profit per coconut.
• (b) Sunday Sales (65 Coconuts):
- Total revenue = 65 × ₹45 = ₹2,925.
- Cost price = 65 × ₹28 = ₹1,820.
- Net profit = 65 × ₹17 = ₹1,105.
(a) How many saplings will be planted in each row?
(b) If he had 600 saplings instead, how many saplings would be in each row and how many would be left over? Sapling Nursery • Planting in Beds 3 Marks
• (a) 576 Saplings in 18 Rows: 576 ÷ 18 = 32 saplings per row.
• (b) 600 Saplings in 18 Rows:
- 600 ÷ 18 gives quotient 33 with remainder 6 (18 × 33 = 594; 600 - 594 = 6).
- 33 saplings per row with 6 saplings left over.
(a) How many litres of oil are produced from 1,800 coconuts?
(b) If 1 litre of coconut oil sells for ₹240, what is the value of the oil produced? Coconut Oil Mill • Extraction Proportions 3 Marks
• (a) Oil Extracted: 1,800 ÷ 15 = 120 litres of oil.
• (b) Market Value: 120 L × ₹240 = ₹28,800.
• Method 1 (Distributive): 48 × (20 + 5) = (48 × 20) + (48 × 5) = 960 + 240 = 1,200.
• Method 2 (Quarter of 100): 25 = 100 ÷ 4.
48 × 25 = (48 × 100) ÷ 4 = 4,800 ÷ 4 = 1,200.
(a) What is the total wage bill for all 8 workers for one day?
(b) If the harvest work lasts for 6 days, what is the total amount paid in wages? Worker Wages • Daily and Weekly Share 3 Marks
• (a) Daily Total for 8 Workers: 8 × ₹450 = ₹3,600 per day.
• (b) 6-Day Wage Bill: 6 × ₹3,600 = ₹21,600.
(a) What is the maximum number of such bags the truck can safely transport in one trip?
(b) How many total coconuts are transported in that full truck load? Truck Loading Capacity • Gross Weight 3 Marks
• (a) Maximum Bags: 1,500 kg ÷ 30 kg/bag = 50 bags.
• (b) Total Coconuts: 50 bags × 50 coconuts/bag = 2,500 coconuts.
(a) How many litres of water does one tree receive in 4 hours?
(b) How many litres of water are supplied to the entire grove daily? Irrigation Drip System • Water Flow 3 Marks
• (a) Water per Tree: 4 hours × 2.5 L/h = 10 litres per tree.
• (b) Total Daily Water for 160 Trees: 160 × 10 L = 1,600 litres.
1. 1,485 ÷ 12:
• 12 × 100 = 1,200 (Remainder 285)
• 12 × 20 = 240 (Remainder 45)
• 12 × 3 = 36 (Remainder 9)
Quotient = 123, Remainder = 9.
2. Verification:
(12 × 123) + 9 = 1,476 + 9 = 1,485. The division is verified!
(a) How many kilograms of coir fibre can be made from 1,500 husks?
(b) If 1 kg of coir fibre makes 15 metres of rope, how many metres of rope can be produced? Coir Rope Production • Unitary Conversion 3 Marks
• (a) Coir Fibre: (1,500 ÷ 100) × 8 kg = 15 × 8 = 120 kg of coir fibre.
• (b) Rope Length: 120 kg × 15 m/kg = 1,800 metres of rope.
(a) How many trees are in a row of length 84 metres (including trees at both ends)?
(b) If the orchard is a square of 84 m × 84 m, what is the total number of trees planted? Plantation Layout • Area and Spacing 3 Marks
• (a) Trees per Row: Number of 7-metre intervals = 84 ÷ 7 = 12 intervals.
- Trees per row = Intervals + 1 (posts and spaces rule) = 12 + 1 = 13 trees.
• (b) Total Trees in Square Orchard: 13 rows × 13 trees/row = 169 trees.
(a) For how many years does the tree yield coconuts?
(b) If it produces an average of 140 coconuts annually, how many coconuts will one tree yield over its entire bearing life? Coconut Tree Growth • Time Progression 3 Marks
• (a) Bearing Period: 35 years.
• (b) Lifetime Yield: 35 years × 140 coconuts/year = 4,900 coconuts.
• Tree climber charges: ₹3 per coconut
• Cartage to market: ₹1,500
• Market cess/tax: ₹1,200
(a) Find gross revenue.
(b) Find total expenses.
(c) Find his net profit. Harvest Cost Breakdown • Net Income 3 Marks
• (a) Gross Revenue: 4,500 × ₹22 = ₹99,000.
• (b) Total Expenses:
- Climber charges: 4,500 × ₹3 = ₹13,500.
- Cartage = ₹1,500.
- Market cess = ₹1,200.
- Total expenses = ₹13,500 + ₹1,500 + ₹1,200 = ₹16,200.
• (c) Net Profit: ₹99,000 - ₹16,200 = ₹82,800.
(a) 63 × 11
(b) 45 × 12
(c) 250 × 16 Mental Math • Multiplications by 11 and 12 3 Marks
• (a) 63 × 11: Sum of digits = 6 + 3 = 9. Place between: 693.
• (b) 45 × 12: (45 × 10) + (45 × 2) = 450 + 90 = 540.
• (c) 250 × 16: 250 × 4 × 4 = 1,000 × 4 = 4,000.
(a) How many working days will he take to complete the order?
(b) If he sells each bowl for ₹85, how much will he earn from the entire order? Coconut Shell Crafts • Artisanal Production 3 Marks
• (a) Days Required: 150 ÷ 6 = 25 working days.
• (b) Total Earnings: 150 × ₹85 = ₹12,750.
• Divide thousands: 4 ÷ 4 = 1 (Remainder 0).
• Bring down 2: 2 cannot be divided by 4 (2 < 4). We must write 0 in the quotient.
• Bring down 0 to make 20: 20 ÷ 4 = 5 (Remainder 0).
• Bring down 8: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 (Remainder 0).
Quotient = 1,052, Remainder = 0.
Explanation: Whenever the brought-down digit is smaller than the divisor, a 0 is placed in that place value of the quotient before bringing down the next digit.
(a) How many kilograms of jaggery can be made from 120 litres of sap?
(b) If palm jaggery sells at ₹180 per kg, find the total sales value. Coconut Jaggery (Palm Sugar) Yield 3 Marks
• (a) Jaggery Yield: 120 L ÷ 8 L/kg = 15 kg of jaggery.
• (b) Sales Value: 15 kg × ₹180 = ₹2,700.
1. The number leaves a remainder of 2 when divided by both 4 and 5.
2. LCM of 4 and 5 = 4 × 5 = 20.
3. The number must be of the form: $\text{LCM}(4, 5) \times k + 2 = 20k + 2$.
4. For $k = 1$: Number = 20 + 2 = 22 coconuts.
5. Verification:
- 22 ÷ 4 = 5 with remainder 2.
- 22 ÷ 5 = 4 with remainder 2.
The smallest possible number of coconuts is 22.
(a) How many hours will the pump take to fill the empty pond completely?
(b) If the pump runs for 6 hours daily, how many days are required? Water Reservoir for Plantation 3 Marks
• (a) Total Pumping Hours: 48,000 ÷ 1,600 = 30 hours.
• (b) Days Required: 30 hours ÷ 6 hours/day = 5 days.
(a) Approximate the area of shade cast by one tree (take $\pi \approx 3.14$).
(b) If 50 trees cast non-overlapping shade, what is the combined area of shaded ground? Coconut Tree Shade • Geometric Area 3 Marks
• (a) Shade per Tree: Area = $3.14 \times 3 \times 3 = 3.14 \times 9 = \mathbf{28.26\text{ sq m}}$.
• (b) 50 Trees: 50 × 28.26 = 1,413 square metres.
(a) 38 × 52
(b) 69 × 21
(c) 87 × 44 Mental Arithmetic • Estimation of Products 3 Marks
• (a) 38 × 52: Round 38 → 40; 52 → 50. Estimate = 40 × 50 = 2,000 (Exact = 1,976).
• (b) 69 × 21: Round 69 → 70; 21 → 20. Estimate = 70 × 20 = 1,400 (Exact = 1,449).
• (c) 87 × 44: Round 87 → 90; 44 → 40. Estimate = 90 × 40 = 3,600 (Exact = 3,828).
(a) If a number is divisible by 10, its ones digit must be 0.
(b) $25 \times 48$ is the same as $100 \times 12$.
(c) The remainder in any division problem can be equal to or greater than the divisor. True or False with Arithmetic Reason 3 Marks
• (a) True: All multiples of 10 end with the digit 0.
• (b) True: $25 \times 48 = 25 \times (4 \times 12) = (25 \times 4) \times 12 = 100 \times 12 = 1,200$. Both equal 1,200.
• (c) False: The remainder must strictly be less than the divisor. If it were equal or greater, another division step could be carried out.
Month 1: 3,450; Month 2: 4,120; Month 3: 3,830.
(a) Find total coconuts harvested.
(b) If 10% of coconuts are kept for domestic consumption and seed, how many are sold in the market?
(c) At ₹20 per coconut, calculate the gross revenue from sales. Comprehensive Orchard Harvest Review 3 Marks
• (a) Total Harvest: 3,450 + 4,120 + 3,830 = 11,400 coconuts.
• (b) Market Sale:
- Domestic share = 10% of 11,400 = 1,140 coconuts.
- Coconuts sold = 11,400 - 1,140 = 10,260 coconuts.
• (c) Gross Revenue: 10,260 × ₹20 = ₹2,05,200.
Competency Question: Coconut Water Cooperative Dispatch
Real-World Math Context: A cooperative dispatches 2,400 tender coconuts to market. 35% are sold directly to street stalls, and the remainder are supplied to juice bottling plants in crates of 24 coconuts each.
Analytical Task: (a) How many coconuts are sold to street stalls?
(b) How many crates are supplied to the bottling plant?
Chapter 10: Symmetrical Designs
सममितीय डिज़ाइन (सममिति रेखाएँ, परावर्तन एवं रंगोली)
- Line of Symmetry (Mirror Line): An imaginary line dividing a figure into two identical mirror halves.
- Vertical, Horizontal, and Diagonal lines of symmetry.
- Number of lines of symmetry in regular polygons: Equilateral triangle (3), Square (4), Regular hexagon (6).
- Rotational symmetry of order 2 (half turn), order 4 (quarter turn), order 6.
(a) Equilateral Triangle
(b) Square
(c) Regular Pentagon
(d) Regular Hexagon
(e) Circle Lines of Symmetry • Regular Polygons 3 Marks
• (a) Equilateral Triangle: 3 lines of symmetry (from each vertex to the midpoint of the opposite side).
• (b) Square: 4 lines of symmetry (2 through opposite midpoints + 2 along diagonals).
• (c) Regular Pentagon: 5 lines of symmetry.
• (d) Regular Hexagon: 6 lines of symmetry.
• (e) Circle: Infinite lines of symmetry (any diameter line through the center).
1. Mirror Halves: A mirror placed along the line of symmetry reflects the drawn half so that the real drawing and its virtual reflection together look exactly like the complete object.
2. Insect Completion: The line of symmetry runs down the middle of the insect from head to tail. The mirror reflects the single antenna, 3 legs, and 1 wing on the left side to create the corresponding right antenna, 3 legs, and 1 wing, perfectly completing a realistic 6-legged insect.
(a) Vertical line of symmetry only (e.g. A)
(b) Horizontal line of symmetry only (e.g. B)
(c) Both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry
(d) No line of symmetry English Alphabet Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Vertical Line Only: A, M, T, U, V, W, Y.
• (b) Horizontal Line Only: B, C, D, E, K.
• (c) Both Vertical and Horizontal: H, I, O, X.
• (d) No Line of Symmetry: F, G, J, L, P, Q, R, S, Z.
(a) When the paper is unfolded completely, how many holes will appear?
(b) How are the holes arranged relative to the center? Paper Folding & Paper Cutting (Kirigami) 3 Marks
• (a) Number of Holes: The paper has 4 layers (2 folds: 2 × 2 = 4). Unfolding gives 4 holes.
• (b) Arrangement: The 4 holes are arranged symmetrically around the center of the square, forming the 4 corners of a smaller square around the center point.
(a) Explain where the main line of symmetry runs when viewing the monument from the front garden pool.
(b) Name three architectural elements that are mirrored on either side. Symmetry in Indian Monuments & Architecture 3 Marks
• (a) Axis of Symmetry: The vertical line of symmetry runs directly through the pinnacle of the central dome, down through the apex of the central archway (iwan), and continues along the centerline of the reflecting pool.
• (b) Mirrored Elements:
1. The four minarets (2 on the left, 2 on the right).
2. The side kiosks (chhatris) and secondary arches.
3. The flanking red sandstone buildings (the Mosque on the west and the Jawab / guest house on the east).
(a) Which digits have at least one line of symmetry?
(b) Which digit has both horizontal and vertical lines of symmetry? Digits Symmetry • 0 to 9 3 Marks
• (a) Digits with Line Symmetry:
- 0: Both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry.
- 3: Horizontal line of symmetry.
- 8: Both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry.
- (Note: 1 written as a simple vertical bar has symmetry).
• (b) Both Axes: Digits 0 and 8 have both vertical and horizontal symmetry.
• Yes, a shape can have rotational symmetry without any line of reflection.
• Example 1 (Letter 'S'): If you reflect 'S' across a vertical or horizontal line, it turns backwards and does not match. But if you rotate 'S' by 180° (half turn), it looks identical.
• Example 2 (4-arm Pinwheel): When spun by 90°, each curved blade moves into the next position identically (order 4). However, reflecting across any line reverses the direction of the blade curves, so it has 0 lines of symmetry.
(a) If reflected across the vertical axis and horizontal axis, how many diyas will be in the finished rangoli?
(b) What is the total rotational symmetry order of this design? Rangoli Mirror Patterns • 4-Fold Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Finished Diyas: 1 diya in each of the 4 quadrants = 4 diyas.
• (b) Rotational Symmetry: Because the motif is mirrored identically across both perpendicular axes, rotating by 90°, 180°, and 270° maps each quadrant onto another. Total order = Order 4.
MOM, DAD, NOON, CHECK.
(a) Which word has a vertical line of symmetry when written horizontally?
(b) Which word looks identical when rotated 180° upside down?
(c) Which word has a horizontal line of symmetry when reflected in water? Geometric Word Symmetry • COD, MOM, NOON 3 Marks
• (a) Vertical Symmetry: MOM (M, O, M are all vertically symmetric, and letters mirror across the center O).
• (b) 180° Rotation: NOON (N rotates to N, O rotates to O, so upside down it still reads NOON).
• (c) Horizontal (Water Reflection): CHECK (C, H, E, C, K all have horizontal symmetry axes).
(b) Is a scalene triangle symmetric? Explain why. Asymmetric Shapes • Concept 3 Marks
• (a) Definition: A figure that cannot be divided into two identical halves by any straight line and has no rotational symmetry (other than 360°) is called asymmetric. Examples: An outline of a human foot, a jagged coastline, the letter 'F'.
• (b) Scalene Triangle: No, a scalene triangle has three unequal side lengths and three unequal angles. No fold line can match two sides together, so it has 0 lines of symmetry.
(a) Which number is the mirror half of 1?
(b) Which number is the mirror half of 2?
(c) Which number is the mirror half of 9? Mirror Halves Puzzle • Clock Face 3 Marks
• (a) Mirror half of 1: 11.
• (b) Mirror half of 2: 10.
• (c) Mirror half of 9: 3.
(General rule: Any number $N$ on the right mirrors to $12 - N$ on the left).
• The student is Incorrect.
• Reason: If you fold a general (non-rhombus) parallelogram along its diagonal, the opposite vertices do not coincide; they stick out in different directions.
• A general parallelogram has 0 lines of symmetry.
• (However, it does have rotational symmetry of order 2 around the intersection of its diagonals).
(a) Where do the lines of symmetry lie in a rectangle?
(b) Where do the lines of symmetry lie in a rhombus? Rhombus vs Rectangle Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Rectangle: The 2 lines of symmetry connect the midpoints of opposite sides (horizontal and vertical bisectors). Diagonals are NOT lines of symmetry.
• (b) Rhombus: The 2 lines of symmetry lie along its diagonals. Lines through side midpoints are NOT lines of symmetry.
(a) Name three animals or plants that display bilateral symmetry.
(b) Which marine animal exhibits radial (5-fold) symmetry? Nature's Bilateral Symmetry • Biology & Math 3 Marks
• (a) Bilateral Symmetry (1 vertical line of symmetry):
1. Butterfly (wings and antennae mirror left and right).
2. Human face/body.
3. Banyan or Peepal leaf.
• (b) Radial 5-fold Symmetry: A Starfish (Sea star) has 5 symmetrical arms radiating from a central disk.
If coordinates (2, 3), (3, 5), and (4, 2) are shaded on the left side of line $x = 5$, what are their corresponding mirrored coordinates on the right side? Creating Symmetrical Patterns on Grids 3 Marks
• Distance of Point $(X, Y)$ from mirror line $x = 5$ is $5 - X$.
• Reflected X coordinate is $5 + (5 - X) = 10 - X$. Y remains unchanged.
1. (2, 3) mirrors to $(10 - 2, 3) = \mathbf{(8, 3)}$.
2. (3, 5) mirrors to $(10 - 3, 5) = \mathbf{(7, 5)}$.
3. (4, 2) mirrors to $(10 - 4, 2) = \mathbf{(6, 2)}$.
(a) 'STOP' sign (Regular Octagon)
(b) 'GIVE WAY' sign (Inverted Equilateral Triangle)
(c) 'SPEED LIMIT' sign (Circle with number) Symmetry of Traffic Signs 3 Marks
• (a) Regular Octagon Blank: Has 8 lines of symmetry (though text 'STOP' breaks it, the geometric board shape has 8 lines).
• (b) Inverted Equilateral Triangle: Has 3 lines of symmetry (1 vertical through the bottom apex + 2 through side corners).
• (c) Plain Circular Board: Has infinite lines of symmetry.
(b) Where does the line of symmetry lie?
(c) Does a kite have rotational symmetry of order 2? Kite Shape Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Lines of Symmetry: A kite has exactly 1 line of symmetry.
• (b) Position: It runs along the main vertical diagonal connecting the vertices between pairs of equal adjacent sides.
• (c) Rotational Symmetry: No, a kite looks different when rotated 180° (top and bottom vertices have different angles), so it has only order 1 (360°).
(a) Do the King, Queen, and Jack court cards have line symmetry? Explain.
(b) What type of symmetry do standard double-headed face cards have? Symmetry in Playing Cards 3 Marks
• (a) Line Symmetry: No. Face cards have no line of reflection because one head is right-side up and the other is upside down; folding horizontally or vertically will not match.
• (b) Symmetry Type: They possess Rotational Symmetry of Order 2 (180° point symmetry). If you turn the card upside down, it looks identical.
1. A quadrilateral with 4 equal sides is either a square or a rhombus.
2. Since its angles are not all 90°, it is a Rhombus.
3. A rhombus has exactly 2 lines of symmetry (along its two diagonals).
(a) How many lines of symmetry does an ideal snowflake have?
(b) Through what minimum angle must a snowflake be turned to look unchanged? Snowflake Hexagonal Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Lines of Symmetry: Like a regular hexagon, an ideal snowflake has 6 lines of symmetry (3 through opposite arm pairs + 3 through gaps between arms).
• (b) Minimum Turn: 360° ÷ 6 = 60° turn.
(a) How many planes of symmetry does a cube have?
(b) How many planes of symmetry does a sphere have? Symmetry of 3D Objects • Planes of Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Cube: A cube has 9 planes of symmetry (3 parallel to opposite faces + 6 diagonal planes passing through opposite edges).
• (b) Sphere: A sphere has infinite planes of symmetry (any flat plane passing through its center point).
1. At 3:00, the minute hand points straight up at 12, and the hour hand points right at 3.
2. In the mirror, the vertical minute hand remains straight up at 12.
3. The horizontal hour hand pointing right (at 3) reflects to point left (at 9).
4. Therefore, the mirror image shows the hands at 12 and 9, which reads as 9:00.
(a) An isosceles triangle has 3 lines of symmetry.
(b) The letter 'N' has rotational symmetry of order 2.
(c) A circle has more lines of symmetry than any polygon. True or False with Symmetry Reason 3 Marks
• (a) False: An isosceles triangle has only 2 equal sides, so it has only 1 line of symmetry (from apex to base midpoint).
• (b) True: Rotating 'N' by 180° reproduces an identical 'N'.
• (c) True: Any polygon has a finite number of lines of symmetry (an $n$-gon has at most $n$ lines), whereas a circle has infinitely many lines.
(a) What type of symmetry does the emblem possess?
(b) Does it have line symmetry? Explain. Comprehensive Design Review • Logo Symmetry 3 Marks
• (a) Symmetry Type: The emblem has Rotational Symmetry of Order 3 (turns of 120°, 240°, and 360° leave the design unchanged).
• (b) Line Symmetry: No, because the swans are facing in a circular chasing direction (clockwise or anticlockwise). A mirror reflection reverses the swimming direction of the swans, so it possesses 0 lines of reflection symmetry.
Competency Question: Traditional Diwali Rangoli Design Symmetry
Real-World Math Context: A Rangoli artist creates an 8-pointed star mandala inside a circle. The motif repeated in each sector is reflected alternately.
Analytical Task: (a) What is the order of rotational symmetry of an 8-pointed star?
(b) By what smallest angle must the mandala be rotated to match itself exactly?
Chapter 11: Grandmother's Quilt
दादी की रजाई (क्षेत्रफल, परिमाप एवं वर्ग ग्रिड)
- Difference between Perimeter (length of outer boundary) and Area (measure of flat surface enclosed).
- Formulas: Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 × (Length + Breadth); Area of Rectangle = Length × Breadth.
- Formulas for Squares: Perimeter = 4 × Side; Area = Side × Side.
- Counting 1 cm grid squares to estimate areas of irregular shapes and quilt patches.
- Definition: Tessellation is the tiling of a flat two-dimensional plane using one or more geometric shapes with zero gaps and zero overlaps.
(a) Calculate the total perimeter of the quilt to find how much decorative ribbon border she needs.
(b) Calculate the total area of the quilt in square centimetres and square metres. Patchwork Quilt Dimensions • Perimeter & Area 3 Marks
• (a) Perimeter: $P = 2 \times (L + B) = 2 \times (240 + 150) = 2 \times 390 = \mathbf{780\text{ cm}}$ (or 7.8 metres of ribbon).
• (b) Area:
- In cm²: $A = L \times B = 240 \times 150 = \mathbf{36,000\text{ sq cm}}$.
- In m²: $36,000 ÷ 10,000 = \mathbf{3.6\text{ sq metres}}$ ($1\text{ m}^2 = 10,000\text{ cm}^2$).
• Patch 1: Square with side 20 cm.
• Patch 2: Rectangle measuring 25 cm by 16 cm.
(a) Find the perimeter of both patches.
(b) Find the area of both patches.
(c) What do you observe about their areas and perimeters? Square vs Rectangular Patches • Comparison 3 Marks
• (a) Perimeters:
- Square: $4 \times 20 = \mathbf{80\text{ cm}}$.
- Rectangle: $2 \times (25 + 16) = 2 \times 41 = \mathbf{82\text{ cm}}$.
• (b) Areas:
- Square: $20 \times 20 = \mathbf{400\text{ sq cm}}$.
- Rectangle: $25 \times 16 = \mathbf{400\text{ sq cm}}$.
• (c) Observation: Both patches have the exact same area (400 cm²), but the rectangular patch has a larger perimeter (82 cm > 80 cm). For a given area, a square always has the minimum perimeter.
(a) How many patches fit along the length?
(b) How many patches fit along the width?
(c) How many total fabric patches are required? Tiling Quilt with Small Unit Squares 3 Marks
• (a) Along Length: 200 ÷ 10 = 20 patches.
• (b) Along Width: 120 ÷ 10 = 12 patches.
• (c) Total Patches: 20 × 12 = 240 patches.
(Check: Total area = 24,000 cm². Patch area = 100 cm². 24,000 ÷ 100 = 240).
(a) Find the length of wire required to fence it with 3 rounds of barbed wire.
(b) If turfing the lawn costs ₹20 per square metre, calculate the total cost of planting grass across the entire park. Park Fencing & Turfing Cost 3 Marks
• (a) Barbed Wire (Perimeter):
- Perimeter = 2 × (45 + 30) = 2 × 75 = 150 metres.
- 3 rounds of wire = 3 × 150 = 450 metres of wire.
• (b) Turfing Cost (Area):
- Area = 45 m × 30 m = 1,350 sq m.
- Cost = 1,350 × ₹20 = ₹27,000.
(a) What is the length of each side of the garden?
(b) What is the total area of the garden in square metres? Square Field • Missing Side from Perimeter 3 Marks
• (a) Side Length: Perimeter of square = $4 \times \text{Side}$.
- Side = Perimeter ÷ 4 = 64 ÷ 4 = 16 metres.
• (b) Area: Area = Side × Side = 16 × 16 = 256 square metres.
(a) Find the length of the quilt.
(b) Find its perimeter. Missing Dimension from Area 3 Marks
• (a) Length: Area = Length × Width → Length = Area ÷ Width.
- Length = 4,800 ÷ 60 = 80 cm.
• (b) Perimeter: $P = 2 \times (L + B) = 2 \times (80 + 60) = 2 \times 140 = \mathbf{280\text{ cm}}$.
(a) Find the perimeter of the figure by adding all outer sides.
(b) Find its area by splitting it into two rectangles. L-Shaped Composite Figure Area & Perimeter 3 Marks
• (a) Perimeter: Sum of 6 sides = 12 + 10 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 4 = 44 cm.
• (b) Area by Splitting:
- Rectangle 1 (Left vertical column): 4 cm wide × 10 cm high = 40 cm².
- Rectangle 2 (Right base shelf): 8 cm long × 4 cm high = 32 cm².
- Total Area = 40 + 32 = 72 square cm.
• Frame A has length 10 cm and width 8 cm.
• Frame B has length 14 cm and width 4 cm.
(a) Verify that both perimeters are 36 cm.
(b) Calculate the area of Frame A and Frame B.
(c) Which frame encloses more space and by how much? Same Perimeter, Different Areas 3 Marks
• (a) Perimeter Verification:
- Frame A: 2 × (10 + 8) = 2 × 18 = 36 cm.
- Frame B: 2 × (14 + 4) = 2 × 18 = 36 cm. Both equal 36 cm!
• (b) Areas:
- Frame A: 10 × 8 = 80 sq cm.
- Frame B: 14 × 4 = 56 sq cm.
• (c) Comparison: Frame A encloses more area by: 80 - 56 = 24 sq cm more. (Shapes closer to a square maximize area).
(a) How many metres of lace does she need for all 4 pillow covers?
(b) If the lace costs ₹18 per metre, what is her total expenditure? Lace Border Cost • Currency Calculation 3 Marks
• (a) Lace Needed:
- Perimeter of 1 cover = 4 × 45 cm = 180 cm = 1.8 metres.
- 4 pillow covers = 4 × 1.8 m = 7.2 metres of lace.
• (b) Total Cost: 7.2 m × ₹18 = ₹129.60.
(a) What is the floor area in square metres?
(b) What is the area of 1 tile in square metres?
(c) How many tiles are needed to pave the floor? Floor Tiling • Tile Count Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Floor Area: 5 m × 4 m = 20 sq metres.
• (b) Tile Area: 0.5 m × 0.5 m = 0.25 sq metres.
• (c) Number of Tiles: 20 ÷ 0.25 = 80 tiles.
(Check: 10 tiles along length × 8 tiles along width = 80 tiles).
(a) Estimate the area of the stamp using NCERT grid estimation rules.
(b) What is the perimeter if the stamp is a 4 cm × 2 cm rectangle? Grid Stamp Area • Irregular Shapes 3 Marks
1. Complete squares: 6 × 1 = 6 sq cm.
2. Half squares: 4 × 0.5 = 2 sq cm.
3. More than half squares count as 1: 2 × 1 = 2 sq cm.
• (a) Estimated Area: 6 + 2 + 2 = 10 square cm.
• (b) Rectangle Perimeter: $2 \times (4 + 2) = 2 \times 6 = \mathbf{12\text{ cm}}$.
(a) How many small squares of side 5 cm can be cut from it without wasting any paper?
(b) What is the total area of the cardboard sheet? Square Cutouts from Rectangle 3 Marks
• (a) Squares Cut:
- Along length: 30 ÷ 5 = 6 squares.
- Along width: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 squares.
- Total squares = 6 × 4 = 24 squares.
• (b) Sheet Area: 30 × 20 = 600 square cm (Check: 24 × 25 cm² = 600 cm²).
(b) If both the length and width of a rectangle are doubled, by how many times does its area increase? Changing Dimensions • Effect on Area 3 Marks
• (a) Doubling Length Only: Original area = $L \times B$. New area = $(2L) \times B = 2 \times (L \times B)$. The area doubles (2 times).
• (b) Doubling Both Length and Width: New area = $(2L) \times (2B) = 4 \times (L \times B)$. The area quadruples (4 times larger).
(a) What is the area of the original rectangle?
(b) What is the area of each triangular patch? Triangular Patch Area inside Rectangle 3 Marks
• (a) Rectangle Area: $L \times B = 10 \times 6 = \mathbf{60\text{ sq cm}}$.
• (b) Triangular Patch Area: The diagonal divides the rectangle into two identical triangles.
- Area of triangle = Half of rectangle area = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 square cm.
(a) Find the side length of the outer square including the path.
(b) Calculate the total area of the concrete walking path. Walkway Pathway around a Lawn 3 Marks
• (a) Outer Square Side: 20 m + 2 m (left) + 2 m (right) = 24 metres.
• (b) Pathway Area:
- Outer square area = 24 × 24 = 576 sq m.
- Inner lawn area = 20 × 20 = 400 sq m.
- Path area = Outer area - Inner area = 576 - 400 = 176 square metres.
(a) An equilateral triangle of side 14 cm
(b) A regular pentagon of side 9 cm
(c) A regular octagon of side 6 cm Perimeter of Regular Shapes 3 Marks
• (a) Equilateral Triangle (3 sides): 3 × 14 = 42 cm.
• (b) Regular Pentagon (5 sides): 5 × 9 = 45 cm.
• (c) Regular Octagon (8 sides): 8 × 6 = 48 cm.
(a) An equilateral triangle
(b) A square
(c) A regular hexagon
Find the length of each side for each shape. Comparing Ribbon Perimeter to String Length 3 Marks
• (a) Equilateral Triangle (3 sides): 60 ÷ 3 = 20 cm.
• (b) Square (4 sides): 60 ÷ 4 = 15 cm.
• (c) Regular Hexagon (6 sides): 60 ÷ 6 = 10 cm.
(a) Find the area of one curtain.
(b) Find the total cloth area required for all 5 curtains.
(c) If the curtain cloth costs ₹160 per square metre, what is the total cost of fabric? Cost of Fabric per Square Metre 3 Marks
• (a) One Curtain Area: 2 m × 1.5 m = 3 sq metres.
• (b) Total Fabric Area: 5 × 3 sq m = 15 sq metres.
• (c) Fabric Cost: 15 sq m × ₹160 = ₹2,400.
1. Wire Length (Perimeter): 2 × (18 + 12) = 2 × 30 = 60 cm.
2. Square Side: 60 ÷ 4 = 15 cm.
3. Areas:
• Rectangle Area = 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm.
• Square Area = 15 × 15 = 225 sq cm.
4. Comparison: The Square has a larger area by: 225 - 216 = 9 sq cm.
(a) Find the area of the table top.
(b) If polishing the surface costs ₹150 per square metre, calculate the total cost of polishing. Table Top Varnish • Rate per Unit 3 Marks
• (a) Table Area: 2.2 m × 1.1 m = 2.42 sq metres.
• (b) Polishing Cost: 2.42 × ₹150 = ₹363.
(a) Find the total length and breadth of the cardboard.
(b) Find the area of the margin. Square Tile Border Framing 3 Marks
• (a) Cardboard Dimensions:
- Length = 24 + 2 + 2 = 28 cm.
- Breadth = 18 + 2 + 2 = 22 cm.
• (b) Margin Area:
- Cardboard area = 28 × 22 = 616 sq cm.
- Picture area = 24 × 18 = 432 sq cm.
- Margin area = 616 - 432 = 184 square cm.
(a) A square of side 25 cm
(b) A rectangle of 35 m by 15 m
(c) A rhombus of side 12.5 cm Mental Arithmetic • Perimeter Shortcuts 3 Marks
• (a) Square: 4 × 25 = 100 cm (1 metre).
• (b) Rectangle: 2 × (35 + 15) = 2 × 50 = 100 metres.
• (c) Rhombus: 4 × 12.5 = 50 cm.
(a) Two shapes with the same perimeter must have the same area.
(b) The perimeter of any rectangle is always greater than its area.
(c) A 1 cm² square fits inside a 1 cm² circle. True or False with Geometric Reasoning 3 Marks
• (a) False: For example, rectangles with dimensions 5×1 (P=12, A=5) and 3×3 (P=12, A=9) have the same perimeter but different areas.
• (b) False: Perimeter and area have different units (cm vs cm²) and cannot be directly compared; moreover, a rectangle of 100×100 has area 10,000 cm² and perimeter only 400 cm.
• (c) False: A 1 cm² circle has diameter ≈ 1.13 cm, while a 1 cm² square has a diagonal of $\sqrt{2} \approx 1.41\text{ cm}$ which exceeds the diameter of the circle.
• Central medallion: 1.5 m × 1.0 m silk brocade.
• Surrounding border: Printed cotton patchwork.
(a) Find the total area of the quilt in square metres.
(b) What is the area of the silk central medallion?
(c) What is the area of the patchwork border?
(d) If satin lace costs ₹25 per metre, how much will it cost to border the outer edge of the quilt? Comprehensive Quilt Masterpiece Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Total Quilt Area: 2.5 m × 2.0 m = 5.0 sq metres.
• (b) Central Medallion Area: 1.5 m × 1.0 m = 1.5 sq metres.
• (c) Patchwork Border Area: Total area - Medallion area = 5.0 - 1.5 = 3.5 sq metres.
• (d) Outer Lace Cost:
- Perimeter = 2 × (2.5 + 2.0) = 2 × 4.5 = 9.0 metres.
- Cost = 9.0 m × ₹25 = ₹225.
Competency Question: School Garden Lawn Turfing
Real-World Math Context: A school garden has a square lawn of side 15 metres. Grass turf tiles of size 50 cm by 50 cm cost ₹40 each.
Analytical Task: (a) What is the area of the lawn in square metres?
(b) How many turf tiles are needed to cover the entire lawn?
(c) What is the total cost of turfing?
Chapter 12: Racing Seconds
दौड़ते सेकंड (समय, सेकंड-मिनट-घंटे, डिजिटल स्टॉपवॉच एवं 24-घंटे घड़ी)
- Units of time: 1 hour = 60 minutes; 1 minute = 60 seconds; 1 hour = 3,600 seconds.
- Elapsed Time: Elapsed Time = Finish Time - Start Time.
- 24-Hour Railway Clock: 1:00 PM = 13:00, 4:30 PM = 16:30, 11:45 PM = 23:45.
- Precision timekeeping with stopwatches (seconds and fractions of seconds).
(a) 3 hours 25 minutes into minutes.
(b) 280 minutes into hours and minutes.
(c) 4 minutes 45 seconds into seconds.
(d) 350 seconds into minutes and seconds. Time Unit Conversions • Hours & Minutes 3 Marks
• (a) 3 h 25 min: (3 × 60) + 25 = 180 + 25 = 205 minutes.
• (b) 280 min: 280 ÷ 60 gives quotient 4 with remainder 40 → 4 hours 40 minutes.
• (c) 4 min 45 s: (4 × 60) + 45 = 240 + 45 = 285 seconds.
• (d) 350 s: 350 ÷ 60 gives quotient 5 with remainder 50 → 5 minutes 50 seconds.
(a) What was the race duration recorded on the electronic timer?
(b) If the second runner finished in 15.6 seconds, by how many seconds did the winner win? Stopwatch Timing • 100-Metre Sprint 3 Marks
• (a) Winner's Time: 10:42:29 - 10:42:15 = 14 seconds.
• (b) Winning Margin: 15.6 s - 14.0 s = 1.6 seconds.
(a) Find the total elapsed time from start to end.
(b) What was the actual playing time of the movie without intermission? Elapsed Time • Film Show Duration 3 Marks
• (a) Total Duration: 3:15 PM to 5:15 PM is 2 hours; 5:15 PM to 5:50 PM is 35 minutes. Total = 2 hours 35 minutes (155 minutes).
• (b) Movie Playing Time: 155 min - 15 min intermission = 140 minutes = 2 hours 20 minutes.
(a) 8:20 AM
(b) 7:45 PM
(c) 14:15 hours
(d) 23:50 hours 12-Hour vs 24-Hour Railway Time 3 Marks
• (a) 8:20 AM: 08:20 hours.
• (b) 7:45 PM: 7:45 + 12:00 = 19:45 hours.
• (c) 14:15 hours: 14:15 - 12:00 = 2:15 PM.
• (d) 23:50 hours: 23:50 - 12:00 = 11:50 PM.
(a) How many hours does the journey take?
(b) If the distance is 760 km, what is the train's average speed? Railway Timetable Duration Analysis 3 Marks
• (a) Journey Time: 14:00 - 06:00 = 8 hours.
• (b) Average Speed: Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 760 km ÷ 8 h = 95 km/h.
(a) How many times does the heart beat in 1 hour?
(b) How many times does it beat in a full day of 24 hours? Heartbeat Count • Pulse Measurement 3 Marks
• (a) In 1 Hour (60 min): 75 × 60 = 4,500 beats per hour.
• (b) In 24 Hours: 4,500 × 24 = 1,08,000 beats per day.
(a) 2 hours 45 minutes + 3 hours 35 minutes
(b) 1 hour 50 minutes 40 seconds + 2 hours 25 minutes 35 seconds Adding Time Intervals 3 Marks
• (a) Hours and Minutes:
- Minutes: 45 + 35 = 80 min = 1 h 20 min.
- Hours: 2 + 3 + 1 = 6 hours.
- Total = 6 hours 20 minutes.
• (b) Hours, Minutes, Seconds:
- Seconds: 40 + 35 = 75 s = 1 min 15 s.
- Minutes: 50 + 25 + 1 = 76 min = 1 h 16 min.
- Hours: 1 + 2 + 1 = 4 hours.
- Total = 4 hours 16 minutes 15 seconds.
(a) 5 hours 20 minutes - 2 hours 45 minutes
(b) 8 hours 15 minutes - 4 hours 50 minutes Subtracting Time Intervals 3 Marks
• (a) 5 h 20 min - 2 h 45 min:
- Borrow 1 h (60 min): 20 + 60 = 80 min.
- 80 - 45 = 35 minutes.
- Hours: 4 - 2 = 2 hours.
- Result = 2 hours 35 minutes.
• (b) 8 h 15 min - 4 h 50 min:
- Borrow 1 h: 15 + 60 = 75 min.
- 75 - 50 = 25 minutes.
- Hours: 7 - 4 = 3 hours.
- Result = 3 hours 25 minutes.
(a) What is the total duration of the school day?
(b) What is the total non-instructional time (assembly + breaks)?
(c) How many minutes long is each study period? School Daily Timetable • Period Duration 3 Marks
• (a) Total School Duration: 8:00 AM to 2:00 PM = 6 hours = 360 minutes.
• (b) Non-Instructional Time: 20 min + 15 min + 25 min = 60 minutes (1 hour).
• (c) Study Period Duration:
- Instructional time = 360 - 60 = 300 minutes.
- 8 periods: 300 ÷ 8 = 37.5 minutes (37 minutes 30 seconds per period).
(a) How many full oscillations does the pendulum complete in 1 minute?
(b) How many full oscillations does it complete in 1 hour? Second Pendulum • Frequency & Beats 3 Marks
• (a) In 1 Minute (60 seconds): Period = 2 seconds. Oscillations = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 oscillations per minute.
• (b) In 1 Hour (3,600 seconds): 3,600 ÷ 2 = 1,800 oscillations per hour.
(a) What was the departure time in Dubai local time?
(b) What was the actual flight duration in hours and minutes? Flight Travel across Time Zones 3 Marks
• (a) Departure in Dubai Time: 2:30 PM IST - 1 h 30 min = 1:00 PM Dubai time.
• (b) Actual Flight Duration:
- Both in Dubai time: 1:00 PM to 4:45 PM = 3 hours 45 minutes.
(Check in IST: Lands at 4:45 PM + 1:30 = 6:15 PM IST. 2:30 PM to 6:15 PM = 3 h 45 min).
(a) Express the countdown time entirely in seconds.
(b) What will the timer display after 250 seconds have elapsed? Countdown Timer • Fireworks Launch 3 Marks
• (a) In Seconds: (8 × 60) + 45 = 480 + 45 = 525 seconds.
• (b) Time Remaining:
- 525 s - 250 s = 275 seconds.
- 275 ÷ 60 = 4 minutes with remainder 35 seconds.
- Timer will read: 00:04:35 (4 minutes 35 seconds).
(a) What is his speed in metres per second?
(b) Convert this speed into kilometres per hour ($1\text{ m/s} = 3.6\text{ km/h}$). Speed Calculation • Sprinter Rate 3 Marks
• (a) Speed in m/s: Distance ÷ Time = 200 m ÷ 20 s = 10 m/s.
• (b) Speed in km/h: 10 m/s × 3.6 = 36 km/h.
Swimmer A: 26.45 s, Swimmer B: 25.82 s, Swimmer C: 26.05 s, Swimmer D: 25.90 s.
(a) Who won the race?
(b) Arrange the swimmers in order of finish (1st to 4th).
(c) What was the winning margin between 1st place and 2nd place? Swimming Lap Times • Decimal Comparison 3 Marks
• (a) Winner: Swimmer B with 25.82 seconds.
• (b) Order of Finish:
1st: Swimmer B (25.82 s)
2nd: Swimmer D (25.90 s)
3rd: Swimmer C (26.05 s)
4th: Swimmer A (26.45 s).
• (c) Winning Margin: 25.90 - 25.82 = 0.08 seconds (8 hundredths of a second).
(b) How many seconds are in one normal 24-hour day?
(c) Is the year 2024 a leap year? What about the year 2026? Leap Year & Century Math 3 Marks
• (a) Days: Normal year = 365 days; Leap year = 366 days.
• (b) Seconds in a Day: 24 hours × 60 min × 60 s = 24 × 3,600 = 86,400 seconds.
• (c) Leap Years:
- 2024 is divisible by 4 (2024 ÷ 4 = 506) → 2024 is a Leap Year.
- 2026 ÷ 4 leaves remainder 2 → 2026 is NOT a leap year (normal year of 365 days).
(a) At what time should the cake be taken out of the oven?
(b) If the cake needs 20 minutes to cool before icing, at what time can icing begin? Baking Oven Timer • Cooking Schedule 3 Marks
• (a) Cake Ready: Baking starts at 4:40 PM. 4:40 PM + 45 min = 5:25 PM.
• (b) Icing Time: 5:25 PM + 20 min cooling = 5:45 PM.
(a) How far away was the lightning strike in metres?
(b) Express the distance in kilometres. Speed of Sound • Lightning & Thunder 3 Marks
• (a) Distance in Metres: Distance = Speed × Time = 340 m/s × 5 s = 1,700 metres.
• (b) In Kilometres: 1,700 ÷ 1,000 = 1.7 km.
(a) Number of seconds in 12 minutes
(b) Number of seconds in 1.5 hours
(c) Number of minutes in 1 day Mental Arithmetic • Seconds in Multiples of Minutes 3 Marks
• (a) 12 Minutes: 12 × 60 = 720 seconds.
• (b) 1.5 Hours: 1.5 × 3,600 = 5,400 seconds.
• (c) 1 Day (24 Hours): 24 × 60 = 1,440 minutes.
1. Real time = 11:60 - Mirror time.
2. Real time = 11:60 - 7:20 = 4:40.
3. Verification: At 4:40, the hour hand is between 4 and 5, minute hand is at 8. In the mirror, the hand at 8 reflects to 4 (20 minutes past), and the hand between 4 and 5 reflects to between 7 and 8 (hour 7). Verified: Real time is 4:40.
(a) What time will the clock display at 12:00 noon on Saturday (5 days later)?
(b) How many days will it take for the clock to be fast by exactly 1 hour? Slow & Fast Clocks • Error Rate 3 Marks
• (a) Saturday Reading:
- Days elapsed = 5 days.
- Total gain = 5 × 2 min = 10 minutes.
- Clock will display: 12:10 PM.
• (b) Days to Gain 1 Hour (60 min): 60 ÷ 2 min/day = 30 days.
(a) Through how many degrees does the Earth rotate in 1 hour?
(b) How many minutes does the Earth take to rotate through 1 degree? Earth Rotation Speed • Astronomy Math 3 Marks
• (a) Degrees per Hour: 360° ÷ 24 h = 15° per hour.
• (b) Time per Degree: 1 hour = 60 minutes. Time for 1° = 60 min ÷ 15° = 4 minutes per degree.
(a) Find the ratio of heartbeats to breaths in simplest form.
(b) How many heartbeats occur during 1 single breath? Heartbeat vs Breath Ratio 3 Marks
• (a) Ratio: Heartbeats : Breaths = 80 : 20 = 4 : 1.
• (b) Heartbeats per Breath: 80 ÷ 20 = 4 heartbeats per breath.
(a) 2.5 hours means 2 hours 50 minutes.
(b) Midnight in 24-hour time can be written as 00:00 or 24:00.
(c) A leap century year like 2000 is divisible by 400. True or False with Time Reasoning 3 Marks
• (a) False: 0.5 hour = half of 60 minutes = 30 minutes. Therefore 2.5 hours is 2 hours 30 minutes, not 2 hours 50 minutes.
• (b) True: 00:00 represents the beginning of the day, and 24:00 represents the conclusion of the day.
• (c) True: For century years ending in '00', a year is only a leap year if it is divisible by 400 (e.g. 2000 was a leap year, but 1900 was not).
(a) How many orbits does the space station complete in one 24-hour day?
(b) How many sunrises and sunsets do the astronauts experience in a day? Comprehensive Time Mastery Review 3 Marks
• (a) Orbits in 24 Hours:
- 24 hours = 24 × 60 = 1,440 minutes.
- Orbits = 1,440 ÷ 90 = 16 orbits per day.
• (b) Sunrises & Sunsets: Each orbit brings 1 sunrise and 1 sunset. In 16 orbits, the astronauts witness 16 sunrises and 16 sunsets every single day!
Competency Question: Intercity Vande Bharat Express Timetable
Real-World Math Context: The Vande Bharat Express departs New Delhi station at 06:00 hours and arrives at Varanasi Junction at 14:00 hours, covering a rail distance of 759 km.
Analytical Task: (a) What is the total travel duration of the train in hours?
(b) What is the average speed of the train in km/h?
Chapter 13: Animal Jumps
जानवरों की छलाँग (गुणज, सार्व गुणज एवं लघुत्तम समापवर्त्य - LCM)
- Multiples of a number: The numbers obtained by multiplying it by natural numbers (1, 2, 3, …).
- Common Multiples: Numbers that appear in the multiple lists of two or more given numbers.
- Lowest Common Multiple (LCM): The smallest non-zero common multiple of given numbers.
- Step/jump word problems on a number line representing periodic cycles.
- Frog lands on multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42, 45, 48...
- Rabbit lands on multiples of 7: 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49...
- (a) Common steps under 50: 21 and 42.
- (b) First common step: $\text{LCM}(3, 7) = \mathbf{21}$.
(a) List the first 6 steps where the frog lands.
(b) List the first 6 steps where the rabbit lands.
(c) At which step will they both land on the same number for the first time? What is this number called? Number Line Jumps • Multiples 3 Marks
• (a) Frog's Landing Steps: Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18.
• (b) Rabbit's Landing Steps: Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
• (c) First Common Landing: Both land on step 15.
This number is called the Lowest Common Multiple (LCM) of 3 and 5.
(a) 4 and 6
(b) 6 and 8
(c) 5 and 10 Finding LCM • Common Multiples 3 Marks
• (a) LCM(4, 6):
- Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16...
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18...
- LCM = 12.
• (b) LCM(6, 8):
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30...
- Multiples of 8: 8, 16, 24, 32...
- LCM = 24.
• (c) LCM(5, 10): Since 10 is a multiple of 5, LCM = 10.
(b) Write all factors of 24.
(c) What are their common factors? What is their Highest Common Factor (HCF)? Factors & Common Factors • HCF 3 Marks
• (a) Factors of 18: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18.
• (b) Factors of 24: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24.
• (c) Common Factors: 1, 2, 3, 6.
- Highest Common Factor (HCF): 6.
(a) After how many minutes will they all ring together again?
(b) At what clock time will they next toll together? Church Bells Ringing • LCM Word Problem 3 Marks
• Multiples of 15: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75...
• Multiples of 20: 20, 40, 60, 80...
• Multiples of 30: 30, 60, 90...
• (a) LCM: 60 minutes (1 hour).
• (b) Clock Time: 8:00 AM + 1 hour = 9:00 AM.
(a) List all the different rectangular arrays she can form (e.g. 1 × 12).
(b) How do these arrays relate to the factors of 12? Tamarind Seeds Arrangement • Factor Rectangles 3 Marks
• (a) Possible Arrays:
- 1 row of 12 (1 × 12)
- 2 rows of 6 (2 × 6)
- 3 rows of 4 (3 × 4)
- 4 rows of 3 (4 × 3)
- 6 rows of 2 (6 × 2)
- 12 rows of 1 (12 × 1).
• (b) Relation to Factors: The dimensions of the rectangles represent the factor pairs of 12: (1, 12), (2, 6), (3, 4). The complete set of factors is {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12}.
(a) After how many seconds will they next cross the starting line together?
(b) How many laps will each runner have completed at that moment? Circular Track Racers • Meeting Time 3 Marks
• 60 = 30 × 2; 90 = 30 × 3.
• (a) Meeting Time: LCM(60, 90) = 30 × 2 × 3 = 180 seconds (3 minutes).
• (b) Laps Completed:
- Aman: 180 ÷ 60 = 3 laps.
- Baman: 180 ÷ 90 = 2 laps.
(a) 24
(b) 36
(c) 72 Prime Factorization using Factor Trees 3 Marks
• (a) 24: 24 = 2 × 12 = 2 × 2 × 6 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 (or 2³ × 3).
• (b) 36: 36 = 6 × 6 = (2 × 3) × (2 × 3) = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 (or 2² × 3²).
• (c) 72: 72 = 8 × 9 = (2 × 2 × 2) × (3 × 3) = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 (or 2³ × 3²).
(a) What different size groups can she make without any bangles left over?
(b) How many groups can she make if she has a prime number of bangles, say 13? Bangles Grouping Activity 3 Marks
• (a) Groups for 18 Bangles: Group sizes correspond to factors of 18:
- Groups of 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, or 18 bangles.
• (b) For 13 Bangles (Prime): 13 has only two factors (1 and 13).
- She can only make 13 groups of 1 bangle each, or 1 group of 13 bangles.
(a) List the numbers from 1 to 30 that go in the common middle section.
(b) What is the smallest number in the common section? Venn Diagram of Multiples 3 Marks
• Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30.
• Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
• (a) Common Section: 15, 30.
• (b) Smallest Common: 15 (which is LCM of 3 and 5).
(a) Can the mouse reach the safety hole before the cat catches it?
(b) Show the steps for both to prove your answer. Cat and Mouse Game • Escape Steps 3 Marks
• Mouse (Starts at 14, jumps 2):
- Jumps: 14 → 16 → 18 → 20 → 22 → 24 → 26 → 28 (Safety hole reached in 7 jumps).
• Cat (Starts at 3, jumps 3):
- Jumps: 3 → 6 → 9 → 12 → 15 → 18 → 21 → 24.
• (a) Conclusion: In jump 7, the mouse reaches 28 while the cat is only at 24. The mouse reaches the hole safely and escapes!
(a) What is the side length of the largest square tile (HCF)?
(b) How many such tiles will be needed to cover the entire floor? Tile Paving • HCF Room Problem 3 Marks
• (a) Largest Tile Side: HCF(18, 12):
- Factors of 18: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18.
- Factors of 12: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12.
- HCF = 6 metres.
• (b) Number of Tiles:
- Along length: 18 ÷ 6 = 3 tiles.
- Along width: 12 ÷ 6 = 2 tiles.
- Total tiles = 3 × 2 = 6 square tiles.
(a) What is the greatest possible length of each piece?
(b) How many pieces of red ribbon and blue ribbon will she get? Ribbon Cutting • Equal Pieces (HCF) 3 Marks
• (a) Greatest Length: HCF(36, 48) = 12 cm.
• (b) Number of Pieces:
- Red ribbon: 36 ÷ 12 = 3 pieces.
- Blue ribbon: 48 ÷ 12 = 4 pieces.
- Total pieces = 3 + 4 = 7 pieces.
(b) Is the product of two odd numbers always odd or even? Give an example.
(c) Is the sum of two odd numbers always odd or even? Give an example. Even and Odd Multiples 3 Marks
• (a) Even Prime: 2 is the only even prime number (all other even numbers are divisible by 2).
• (b) Product of Two Odds: Always Odd. Example: 3 × 5 = 15.
• (c) Sum of Two Odds: Always Even. Example: 3 + 5 = 8.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 5
(d) 10
State the rule used for each. Divisibility Rules • 2, 3, 5, 10 3 Marks
• (a) By 2: Ones digit is 0 (even) → Divisible by 2.
• (b) By 3: Sum of digits = 4 + 2 + 6 + 0 = 12. Since 12 is divisible by 3 → Divisible by 3.
• (c) By 5: Ones digit is 0 → Divisible by 5.
• (d) By 10: Ones digit is 0 → Divisible by 10.
(a) At which step will all three animals land together for the first time?
(b) How many jumps will the kangaroo have made to reach that step? Kangaroo, Frog, and Hare Multi-Jump 3 Marks
• (a) Meeting Step: Since 2, 3, 7 have no common factors, LCM = 2 × 3 × 7 = 42.
• (b) Kangaroo Jumps: 42 ÷ 7 = 6 jumps.
(a) What is the exact number of eggs?
(b) How many cartons of 6 and cartons of 10 would be filled? Common Multiple Word Problem • Egg Packaging 3 Marks
• Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78.
• Multiples of 10: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80.
• (a) Exact Count: The only common multiple between 50 and 80 is 60 eggs.
• (b) Cartons:
- Cartons of 6 = 60 ÷ 6 = 10 cartons.
- Cartons of 10 = 60 ÷ 10 = 6 cartons.
(a) 7 and 14
(b) 8 and 9
(c) 15 and 30 Mental Arithmetic • LCM & HCF Shortcuts 3 Marks
• (a) 7 and 14: Since 14 is a multiple of 7:
- HCF = 7, LCM = 14.
• (b) 8 and 9 (Consecutive numbers / Co-prime):
- HCF = 1, LCM = 8 × 9 = 72.
• (c) 15 and 30: Since 30 is a multiple of 15:
- HCF = 15, LCM = 30.
(a) What is the maximum distance between two consecutive trees?
(b) What is the total number of trees needed? Planting Trees along Boundary (HCF) 3 Marks
• (a) Maximum Distance: HCF(75, 45) = 15 metres.
• (b) Number of Trees:
- Perimeter = 2 × (75 + 45) = 2 × 120 = 240 metres.
- Trees = 240 m ÷ 15 m = 16 trees.
1. The number is of the form: $\text{LCM}(2, 3, 4) + 1$.
2. LCM of 2, 3, 4:
• Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12... (12 is divisible by both 2 and 3).
• LCM(2, 3, 4) = 12.
3. The number = 12 + 1 = 13.
4. Verification:
- 13 ÷ 2 = 6 with remainder 1.
- 13 ÷ 3 = 4 with remainder 1.
- 13 ÷ 4 = 3 with remainder 1. Solution verified!
(a) After how many seconds will all three turn green simultaneously?
(b) Express this duration in minutes. Traffic Light Synchronization 3 Marks
• Prime factorizations:
- 40 = 2³ × 5
- 60 = 2² × 3 × 5
- 80 = 2⁴ × 5
• LCM = 2⁴ × 3 × 5 = 16 × 15 = 240 seconds.
• (b) In Minutes: 240 ÷ 60 = 4 minutes.
• For 40: 1 × 40, 2 × 20, 4 × 10, 5 × 8. Factors = {1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40}.
• For 50: 1 × 50, 2 × 25, 5 × 10. Factors = {1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50}.
• Common Factors: 1, 2, 5, 10 (4 common factors).
• Conclusion: Yes, they have 4 common factors, which is more than two.
(b) What is the LCM of 20 and 50?
(c) What is the HCF of 100 and 150? Multiples of 100 • Zero Tracking 3 Marks
• (a) LCM(25, 100): 100 is a multiple of 25 → 100.
• (b) LCM(20, 50): Multiples of 50: 50, 100... (100 ÷ 20 = 5) → 100.
• (c) HCF(100, 150): 150 - 100 = 50. Both 100 and 150 are divisible by 50 → 50.
(a) Every number is both a factor and a multiple of itself.
(b) The HCF of two numbers is always greater than their LCM.
(c) A number that has more than two factors is called a composite number. True or False with Factor/Multiple Reason 3 Marks
• (a) True: For any number $n$, $n \times 1 = n$ (so $n$ divides itself, making it a factor), and $n = 1 \times n$ (so it is in its own table of multiples).
• (b) False: HCF is a divisor (less than or equal to the numbers), while LCM is a multiple (greater than or equal to the numbers). HCF is always less than or equal to LCM.
• (c) True: By definition, numbers with 3 or more factors are composite.
(a) At what minimum distance from the start will their steps align exactly again?
(b) How many steps will each child have taken at that distance? Comprehensive Chapter Review • Step Challenge 3 Marks
• Prime factorizations:
- 40 = 2³ × 5
- 50 = 2 × 5²
- 60 = 2² × 3 × 5
• (a) Minimum Distance: LCM = 2³ × 3 × 5² = 8 × 3 × 25 = 600 cm (6 metres).
• (b) Steps Taken:
- Anita: 600 ÷ 40 = 15 steps.
- Bablu: 600 ÷ 50 = 12 steps.
- Chintu: 600 ÷ 60 = 10 steps.
Competency Question: Traffic Light Synchronization
Real-World Math Context: Three traffic signals at a busy junction change their lights after every 40 seconds, 60 seconds, and 75 seconds respectively. If they all change simultaneously at 8:00 AM, when will they change together next?
Analytical Task: Find the time at which all three traffic lights will change together again.
Next change time = 8:00 AM + 10 min = 8:10 AM.
Chapter 14: Maps and Locations
मानचित्र और स्थितियाँ (निर्देशांक ग्रिड, दिशाएँ एवं स्थल पहचान)
- Grid coordinates: Identifying positions using Column-Row coordinate pairs (e.g., (C, 3)).
- Horizontal axis (Columns A, B, C, D, E) and Vertical axis (Rows 1, 2, 3, 4, 5).
- Navigating grid paths: Counting steps North, South, East, and West.
- Shortest path on a Manhattan grid (taxicab distance).
• Town Hall is at (2, B)
• Railway Station is at (5, B)
• Public Hospital is at (2, E)
(a) In which compass direction is the Hospital from the Town Hall?
(b) In which compass direction is the Railway Station from the Town Hall?
(c) If 1 grid square represents 200 m, find the straight-line ground distance between Town Hall and Railway Station. Grid Coordinate System • Town Map 3 Marks
• (a) Hospital from Town Hall: Town Hall is at row B; Hospital is at row E in the same column (2). Moving from B to E is moving upward → North.
• (b) Railway Station from Town Hall: Both are in row B. Column moves from 2 to 5 (to the right) → East.
• (c) Ground Distance: 5 - 2 = 3 grid units. Real distance = 3 × 200 m = 600 metres.
1. Floor Map: A 2D top-down diagram showing the layout of rooms, doorways, and window positions on walls as seen from above.
2. Deep Drawing: A 3D realistic perspective drawing showing height, depth, and realistic appearance as seen by an observer from a specific angle.
3. Back Wall Windows: In a front deep drawing, the solid front and interior walls obstruct the line of sight, so windows located on the rear exterior wall are hidden from view.
(a) Describe the Front View.
(b) Describe the Side View.
(c) Describe the Top View. 3D Block Towers • Top, Front, Side Views 3 Marks
• (a) Front View: Shows two columns of height 2 and one column of height 1 side by side → A shape consisting of 5 square faces arranged in an L-like stepped block (height 2 on left, height 1 on right).
• (b) Side View: Looking from the left end, the depth of 3 cubes collapses into a single column 2 cubes high → A vertical rectangle of 2 squares.
• (c) Top View: Looking from directly above, only the base footprint is visible → A horizontal strip of 3 squares.
(a) Draw or describe two different valid 6-square nets that can be folded to form a cube.
(b) Can 6 squares arranged in a single straight row (1 × 6) fold into a cube? Explain why. Nets of a Cube • Valid vs Invalid 3 Marks
• (a) Valid Nets:
1. Latin Cross net (T-shape): 4 squares in a vertical column with 1 square attached to the left and 1 to the right of the second square.
2. Step/Stair net: 3 squares in top row, 3 squares in bottom row shifted by one square.
• (b) 1 × 6 Strip: No. When folded at 90° along edges, the squares wrap around into an open hollow tube of 4 walls, while the 5th and 6th squares overlap the existing walls, leaving the top and bottom faces completely open.
(a) How many units East and how many units North must he run?
(b) If each grid square is 40 m × 40 m, find the total distance run along the grid lines. Route Navigation • Grid Steps 3 Marks
• (a) Movements:
- East = 4 - 1 = 3 units East.
- North = 5 - 1 = 4 units North.
• (b) Ground Distance:
- Total grid units = 3 + 4 = 7 units.
- Real distance = 7 × 40 m = 280 metres.
(a) Describe the plus-sign (+) shaped net of an open box.
(b) If each square face of the net has side 6 cm, find the total surface area of the open box. Open Box Net • Foldable Shapes 3 Marks
• (a) Plus-sign Net: Consists of 1 central base square with 4 identical square flaps attached to its four sides. Folding the 4 outer flaps upward at 90° forms the 4 vertical walls.
• (b) Surface Area:
- Area of 1 square face = 6 cm × 6 cm = 36 cm².
- Total area of 5 faces = 5 × 36 cm² = 180 square cm.
(a) What number is on the face opposite to 2?
(b) What number is opposite to 4?
(c) What number is opposite to 6? Die Faces • Opposite Sides Sum to 7 3 Marks
• (a) Opposite to 2: 7 - 2 = 5.
• (b) Opposite to 4: 7 - 4 = 3.
• (c) Opposite to 6: 7 - 6 = 1.
1. Purpose: Isometric dot paper is used to draw 3D objects on a flat 2D sheet such that all three spatial dimensions (length, breadth, and height) are shown proportionally without distortion.
2. Triangular Grid Aid: The dots form equilateral triangles with axes tilted at 30° to the horizontal. This allows vertical edges to be drawn straight up, while receding horizontal edges are drawn along the 30° dot lines, making all equal 3D edges measure identical lengths on paper.
(a) What will the front view look like?
(b) What will the top view look like? Matchbox Bridge • Structural Projection 3 Marks
• (a) Front View: Shows the full arch opening: two vertical columns of 3 matchboxes connected across the top by a horizontal span of 4 matchboxes forming a portal frame.
• (b) Top View: Looking from directly overhead, only the horizontal roadway deck is visible → A long continuous rectangular strip of 4 matchboxes (the pillars beneath are hidden).
(a) How is a door typically represented?
(b) How is a window represented on a wall? Floor Plan Window & Door Symbols 3 Marks
• (a) Door Symbol: Represented as an opening in the wall with a straight line for the door leaf and a curved 90° arc showing the swing path of the door.
• (b) Window Symbol: Represented as a gap in the thick wall line filled with parallel thin lines representing the window frame and glass pane.
(a) What is the length and width of the base of the tray?
(b) What is the height of the tray?
(c) Find the volume of the tray in cubic centimetres ($V = L \times W \times H$). Cube Net with Cutout Corners 3 Marks
• (a) Base Dimensions:
- Length = 20 - 4 - 4 = 12 cm.
- Width = 20 - 4 - 4 = 12 cm.
• (b) Height: The height equals the cutout corner = 4 cm.
• (c) Volume: $V = 12 \times 12 \times 4 = 144 \times 4 = \mathbf{576\text{ cubic cm}}$.
(a) What are the coordinates of the destination?
(b) In which compass quadrant from the Depot is the destination? Map Route with Compass Directions 3 Marks
• X-coordinate: 0 + 3 (East) - 2 (West) = 1.
• Y-coordinate: 0 + 4 (North) - 1 (South) = 3.
• (a) Destination Coordinates: (1, 3).
• (b) Compass Direction: Since both X and Y are positive, it lies in the North-East quadrant.
(b) What 2D shapes make up the net of a cone? Net of a Cylinder & Cone 3 Marks
• (a) Closed Cylinder: Consists of 1 rectangle (which curves into the side wall) and 2 identical circles (top and bottom flat circular bases).
• (b) Cone: Consists of 1 circular sector (pie-slice shape for the conical slope) and 1 circle (the flat circular base).
(a) How many unit cubes are used in total?
(b) How many cubes are on the bottom layer?
(c) If all outside faces are painted red, how many cubes have paint on exactly 3 faces (corner cubes)? Counting Cubes in Multi-layer Block Model 3 Marks
• (a) Total Cubes: Length × Width × Height = 4 × 3 × 2 = 24 unit cubes.
• (b) Bottom Layer: 4 × 3 = 12 cubes.
• (c) 3-Face Painted (Corner Cubes): A cuboid has exactly 8 corners. Each corner cube has 3 exposed painted faces = 8 cubes.
(a) How many grid units long and wide is the ground?
(b) How many square grid blocks does it cover?
(c) If 1 block is 100 m × 100 m, find its actual area in square metres. Town Grid Area Occupied 3 Marks
• (a) Dimensions:
- Length (Columns 2 to 5): 5 - 2 = 3 units.
- Width (Rows C to F): F - C = 3 units.
• (b) Grid Blocks: 3 × 3 = 9 square blocks.
• (c) Actual Area: Each block = 100 m × 100 m = 10,000 sq m. Total area = 9 × 10,000 = 90,000 square metres.
1. 2D Floor Blueprint: Provides precise geometric measurements, wall thicknesses, exact door/window placements, and plumbing lines necessary for builders and masons during construction.
2. 3D Perspective Drawing: Helps clients, engineers, and builders visualize the realistic appearance, height proportions, aesthetics, and depth of the finished building in its real-world environment.
(a) A triangular prism
(b) A square pyramid
Verify Euler's formula: $F - E + V = 2$ for both. Mental Arithmetic • Number of Faces, Edges, Vertices 3 Marks
• (a) Triangular Prism:
- Faces: 2 triangular bases + 3 rectangular sides = 5 faces.
- Edges: 9 edges.
- Vertices: 6 vertices.
- Check: 5 - 9 + 6 = 2. Verified!
• (b) Square Pyramid:
- Faces: 1 square base + 4 triangular sides = 5 faces.
- Edges: 4 base edges + 4 slant edges = 8 edges.
- Vertices: 4 base corners + 1 top apex = 5 vertices.
- Check: 5 - 8 + 5 = 2. Verified!
(a) How are the drone photos stitched together to create a digital cadastral map?
(b) What mathematical scale factor links pixels on screen to ground metres? Top-Down Drone Survey • Map Formation 3 Marks
• (a) Photo Stitching: Overlapping photos are matched using shared ground landmarks (ground control points) so that geometric coordinates align continuously into an orthomosaic aerial map.
• (b) Scale Factor: Ground Sampling Distance (GSD), where 1 pixel represents a calibrated real-world length (e.g. 1 pixel = 5 cm on ground), establishing a precise linear ratio.
1. In a cross net, alternating squares fold to become opposite faces.
2. Along the horizontal row: D (left) and E (right) fold up to face each other (D is opposite to E).
3. Along the vertical column: A (top) and C (bottom) fold up to face each other.
4. Square F (at the very bottom of the tail) folds across to become the top cap, lying directly parallel and opposite to the central base square B.
Face F is opposite to Face B.
(a) What shape of floor space must be kept completely clear of furniture?
(b) Find the area of this clearance quadrant in square metres (take $\pi \approx 3.14$, $A = \frac{1}{4} \pi r^2$). Room Blueprint Door Clearance 3 Marks
• (a) Shape: A quarter circle (quadrant) of radius 90 cm.
• (b) Clearance Area: Radius = 0.9 metres.
- Area = $\frac{1}{4} \times 3.14 \times (0.9)^2 = 0.785 \times 0.81 = \mathbf{0.636\text{ sq metres}}$.
(a) Positive X-axis points in which compass direction?
(b) Positive Y-axis points in which compass direction?
(c) Point (-3, -3) lies in which compass direction from the origin? Compass Directions along Grid Axes 3 Marks
• (a) Positive X-axis: Points East.
• (b) Positive Y-axis: Points North.
• (c) Point (-3, -3): Negative X is West; Negative Y is South → South-West.
(a) In which compass direction does the shadow point in the morning?
(b) In which direction does the shadow point at 4:00 PM in the evening?
(c) At what time of day is the shadow shortest? Shadow Casting • Time of Day 3 Marks
• (a) Morning Shadow (8:00 AM): Sun is in the East, so the shadow is cast towards the West.
• (b) Evening Shadow (4:00 PM): Sun is in the West, so the shadow is cast towards the East.
• (c) Shortest Shadow: At 12:00 Solar Noon, when the sun reaches its highest elevation directly overhead.
(a) A cylinder has 2 flat faces and 1 curved face.
(b) A 2D floor map shows how tall a house is.
(c) Isometric drawings make parallel lines appear to meet at a point. True or False with Spatial Reason 3 Marks
• (a) True: The top and bottom are 2 flat circular faces, and the side wall is 1 curved surface (3 faces total).
• (b) False: A floor map is a 2D top-down projection and shows no vertical heights.
• (c) False: In isometric projection, parallel lines remain strictly parallel. (Perspective drawings make parallel lines converge at vanishing points, not isometric drawings).
(a) Find the actual dimensions of the football field.
(b) What is its actual ground area in square metres?
(c) If an athlete runs 4 complete laps around the perimeter of the field, how many metres does he run? Comprehensive Mapping Project 3 Marks
• (a) Real Dimensions:
- Length = 5 cm × 20 m = 100 metres.
- Width = 3 cm × 20 m = 60 metres.
• (b) Ground Area: 100 m × 60 m = 6,000 square metres.
• (c) 4 Laps Perimeter:
- 1 Lap (Perimeter) = 2 × (100 + 60) = 2 × 160 = 320 metres.
- 4 Laps = 4 × 320 m = 1,280 metres (1.28 km).
Competency Question: Emergency Ambulance Route Optimization
Real-World Math Context: Each grid block in the town layout represents a distance of 300 metres along street avenues. An emergency ambulance departs from Community Clinic at (B, 1) to reach an accident site at (E, 4).
Analytical Task: (a) What is the total road distance traveled by the ambulance?
(b) If the ambulance drives at an average speed of 36 km/h, how many minutes will the drive take?
Chapter 15: Data Through Pictures
चित्रों से आँकड़े (चित्रालेख, टैली मार्क्स एवं दण्ड आलेख)
- Pictographs: Visual representation of data using pictures/icons where 1 icon represents a fixed key value.
- Tally marks grouping: Groups of five (|||| with a diagonal strike through).
- Bar Graphs: Graphical displays using rectangular bars of uniform width whose heights represent quantities.
- Interpreting trends, identifying maximum/minimum values, and computing totals from charts.
- Scale: $1\text{ symbol} = 25\text{ books}$.
- (a) Storybooks: $5 \times 25 = \mathbf{125\text{ books}}$.
(a) If a symbol 📖 represents 5 books, how many book symbols will represent Grade 3, Grade 4, and Grade 5?
(b) Which class borrowed the maximum number of books?
(c) What is the total number of books borrowed by all three classes? Library Books Pictograph • Reading Data 3 Marks
• (a) Symbol Counts:
- Grade 3: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 symbols (📖📖📖📖).
- Grade 4: 35 ÷ 5 = 7 symbols.
- Grade 5: 45 ÷ 5 = 9 symbols.
• (b) Maximum Class: Grade 5 borrowed the maximum (45 books).
• (c) Grand Total: 20 + 35 + 45 = 100 books.
(a) Draw a frequency table using tally marks in bundles of five (
(b) What fraction of students chose Mango as their favorite fruit? Favorite Fruits Survey • Tally Marks 3 Marks
• Mango (12):
• Apple (8):
• Banana (6):
• Orange (4): |||| (4)
• Total: 12 + 8 + 6 + 4 = 30 students.
• (b) Mango Fraction: 12/30 = 2/5 of the class.
Monday: 42, Tuesday: 45, Wednesday: 40, Thursday: 44, Friday: 38 (Class strength = 45).
(a) On which day was attendance 100% full?
(b) On which day was attendance lowest, and how many students were absent?
(c) What was the average daily attendance for the week? School Attendance Bar Chart 3 Marks
• (a) 100% Attendance: Tuesday (45 students present).
• (b) Lowest Day: Friday (38 students).
- Absentees = 45 - 38 = 7 students absent.
• (c) Average Daily Attendance:
- Total attendance = 42 + 45 + 40 + 44 + 38 = 209 students.
- Average = 209 ÷ 5 = 41.8 students per day.
(a) What was the total number of vehicles counted?
(b) Which vehicle type was most common, and what percentage of total traffic did it represent?
(c) What is the ratio of Buses to Cars? Traffic Survey at Intersection 3 Marks
• (a) Total Vehicles: 60 + 35 + 25 + 10 = 130 vehicles.
• (b) Most Common Vehicle: Two-wheelers (60).
- Percentage = (60 ÷ 130) × 100 ≈ 46.15%.
• (c) Ratio of Buses to Cars: 10 : 35 = 2 : 7.
(a) How many children walk on foot?
(b) How many children ride bicycles?
(c) How many children travel by school bus or car? Chapati Chart (Pie Chart) • Fractional Sectors 3 Marks
• (a) Walk on Foot: 1/2 of 40 = 20 children.
• (b) Bicycles: 1/4 of 40 = 10 children.
• (c) Bus or Car: 1/8 + 1/8 = 2/8 = 1/4.
- 1/4 of 40 = 10 children (5 by bus + 5 by car).
(a) In which month was consumption highest? Why did it increase in March and April?
(b) What was the total units consumed over the 4 months?
(c) If electricity costs ₹7 per unit, find the total bill amount for April. Family Electricity Consumption Graph 3 Marks
• (a) Highest Month: April (320 units).
- Increase reason: Onset of summer season leading to extensive usage of fans, air coolers, and refrigerators.
• (b) Total Units: 180 + 160 + 240 + 320 = 900 units.
• (c) April Bill: 320 units × ₹7 = ₹2,240.
(a) What would be a convenient scale for a milk can symbol 🛢️ (e.g. 1 symbol = ? litres)?
(b) How many symbols will be drawn for each day using that scale? Choosing an Appropriate Pictograph Scale 3 Marks
• (a) Convenient Scale: The numbers (240, 360, 300, 180) have HCF = 60. A scale of 1 symbol 🛢️ = 60 Litres is ideal.
• (b) Symbol Count:
- Monday: 240 ÷ 60 = 4 symbols.
- Tuesday: 360 ÷ 60 = 6 symbols.
- Wednesday: 300 ÷ 60 = 5 symbols.
- Thursday: 180 ÷ 60 = 3 symbols.
(a) Which city recorded the highest temperature?
(b) Which city recorded the lowest temperature?
(c) What is the difference in temperature between Delhi and Srinagar? Temperature Bar Graph • Coldest and Hottest 3 Marks
• (a) Highest Temperature: Delhi (42°C).
• (b) Lowest Temperature: Srinagar (22°C).
• (c) Difference: 42°C - 22°C = 20°C difference.
Club A (25), Club B (40), Club C (35), Club D (50), Club E (30).
(a) If 🌲 represents 10 trees, draw/write the number of full and half trees for each club.
(b) Which club planted the most trees? Tree Plantation Drive • Pictograph 3 Marks
• (a) Representation:
- Club A (25): 2 full + 1 half symbol (🌲🌲🪓).
- Club B (40): 4 full symbols (🌲🌲🌲🌲).
- Club C (35): 3 full + 1 half symbol.
- Club D (50): 5 full symbols.
- Club E (30): 3 full symbols.
• (b) Highest Club: Club D with 50 trees.
• Football: Boys 18, Girls 8
• Badminton: Boys 10, Girls 16
• Cricket: Boys 20, Girls 6
(a) Which sport is most popular among boys?
(b) Which sport is most popular among girls?
(c) What is the total number of students surveyed? Sports Preference • Double Bar Graph 3 Marks
• (a) Most Popular for Boys: Cricket (20 boys).
• (b) Most Popular for Girls: Badminton (16 girls).
• (c) Grand Total:
- Total boys = 18 + 10 + 20 = 48.
- Total girls = 8 + 16 + 6 = 30.
- Combined students = 48 + 30 = 78 students.
Aarav: 48, Divya: 42, Farhan: 45, Gurpreet: 39, Tanya: 46.
(a) Find the range of marks (Highest mark - Lowest mark).
(b) Calculate the mean (average) mark of the 5 students. Mid-Term Exam Marks Distribution 3 Marks
• (a) Range:
- Highest = 48 (Aarav).
- Lowest = 39 (Gurpreet).
- Range = 48 - 39 = 9 marks.
• (b) Mean (Average):
- Sum = 48 + 42 + 45 + 39 + 46 = 220 marks.
- Average = 220 ÷ 5 = 44 marks out of 50.
June: 120 mm, July: 280 mm, August: 340 mm, September: 160 mm.
(a) In which month was rainfall heaviest?
(b) What was the total seasonal rainfall recorded?
(c) What fraction of total rainfall fell in August? Rainfall Recording • Monthly Chart 3 Marks
• (a) Heaviest Month: August (340 mm).
• (b) Total Monsoon Rainfall: 120 + 280 + 340 + 160 = 900 mm.
• (c) August Fraction: 340 / 900 = 34/90 = 17/45 of the total rainfall.
(a) What was the ratio of Samosas sold to Biscuits sold?
(b) If each sandwich costs ₹20, find the total revenue from sandwiches.
(c) Which item contributed to exactly half the number of samosa sales? School Canteen Snack Sales 3 Marks
• (a) Ratio Samosas : Biscuits: 75 : 30 = Divide by 15 = 5 : 2.
• (b) Sandwich Revenue: 45 × ₹20 = ₹900.
• (c) Half of Samosas: Samosas = 75; half is 37.5. (Or comparing to Biscuits: 30 is close to half). Looking at Fruit juice (60) vs others: Biscuits is 30.
(a) What is the 'mode' (most frequent observation) of this data set?
(b) How many more students have dogs than cats?
(c) How many total pets are owned? Pet Animal Survey • Mode of Data 3 Marks
• (a) Mode: Dog (with highest frequency of 15).
• (b) Dog vs Cat Difference: 15 - 9 = 6 more students have dogs.
• (c) Total Pets: 15 + 9 + 6 + 4 + 2 = 36 pets.
(a) Who cycled the greatest distance?
(b) What was the average cycling distance of the group? Bicycle Ride Distances • Bar Graph Interpretation 3 Marks
• (a) Greatest Distance: Leo (32 km).
• (b) Group Average:
- Sum = 24 + 32 + 18 + 28 + 30 = 132 km.
- Average = 132 ÷ 5 = 26.4 km.
Less than 1 hour: 12 students
1 to 2 hours: 22 students
More than 2 hours: 16 students
(a) What percentage of students watch between 1 and 2 hours daily?
(b) What fraction of students watch more than 2 hours daily? Television Screen Time Survey 3 Marks
• (a) 1 to 2 Hours Percentage: (22 ÷ 50) × 100 = 44%.
• (b) More than 2 Hours Fraction: 16/50 = 8/25 of the students.
(a) How many cars are represented by 6 symbols?
(b) How many symbols will represent 200 cars?
(c) How many cars are represented by 3.5 symbols? Mental Arithmetic • Interpreting Pictograph Symbols 3 Marks
• (a) 6 Symbols: 6 × 25 = 150 cars.
• (b) 200 Cars: 200 ÷ 25 = 8 symbols.
• (c) 3.5 Symbols: 3.5 × 25 = 75 + 12.5 = 87.5 cars (or 3 full + 1 half symbol = 75 + 12 = 87 cars).
Bus 1: Capacity 50, Load 46
Bus 2: Capacity 40, Load 38
Bus 3: Capacity 50, Load 49
Bus 4: Capacity 60, Load 55
(a) What is the total carrying capacity of the fleet?
(b) How many total students are currently traveling?
(c) How many vacant seats are there across all 4 buses? School Bus Seating Capacity Data 3 Marks
• (a) Total Capacity: 50 + 40 + 50 + 60 = 200 seats.
• (b) Total Students Traveling: 46 + 38 + 49 + 55 = 188 students.
• (c) Vacant Seats: 200 - 188 = 12 vacant seats.
1. Total unique students = 28.
2. Sum of individual players = 18 (Chess) + 16 (Carrom) = 34.
3. Excess count due to double-counting students who play both games = 34 - 28 = 6 students.
4. Therefore, exactly 6 students play both Chess and Carrom.
(Check: Chess only = 12, Carrom only = 10, Both = 6. 12 + 10 + 6 = 28. Verified!)
(a) What is the ratio of Flute students to Guitar students?
(b) Express the Drums enrollment as a percentage of total music students. Music Instrument Classes Enrollment 3 Marks
• Total students = 32 + 28 + 16 + 24 = 100 students.
• (a) Ratio Flute : Guitar: 24 : 32 = Divide by 8 = 3 : 4.
• (b) Drums Percentage: (16 ÷ 100) × 100 = 16%.
(a) What was the total number of rainy days in the year?
(b) What fraction of rainy days occurred during the Monsoon? Rainfall Days in a Year 3 Marks
• (a) Total Rainy Days: 65 + 12 + 8 + 15 = 100 days.
• (b) Monsoon Fraction: 65/100 = 13/20 (or 65%).
(a)
(b)
(c)
• (a) 3 bundles + 3: (3 × 5) + 3 = 15 + 3 = 18.
• (b) 2 bundles + 1: (2 × 5) + 1 = 10 + 1 = 11.
• (c) 4 bundles: 4 × 5 = 20.
(a) A bar graph must always have equal spacing between its bars.
(b) The scale of a bar graph must always start from zero.
(c) A pictograph can only display whole numbers and cannot represent fractions. True or False with Statistics Reason 3 Marks
• (a) True: Equal uniform spacing between bars prevents visual distortion and maintains aesthetic and statistical consistency.
• (b) True: Starting bar graphs at zero prevents exaggerating differences between categories.
• (c) False: A pictograph can represent fractional quantities using half or partial symbols (e.g. half a symbol represents half the scale value).
(a) Construct a frequency table and find total fan hours.
(b) If each ceiling fan consumes 0.08 kWh per hour, how many kWh of energy were used in total?
(c) At ₹6 per kWh, find the electricity cost for the week. Comprehensive Data Handling Project 3 Marks
• (a) Total Hours: 6 + 5 + 7 + 4 + 6 = 28 hours.
• (b) Energy Consumed: 28 hours × 0.08 kWh = 2.24 kWh.
• (c) Total Electricity Cost: 2.24 kWh × ₹6 = ₹13.44.
Competency Question: Van Mahotsav Sapling Planting Audit
Real-World Math Context: During the annual Van Mahotsav tree plantation drive, four houses of a school planted neem, peepal, and gulmohar saplings. Red House planted 85, Blue House planted 110, Green House planted 125, and Yellow House planted 80 saplings.
Analytical Task: (a) What is the total count of saplings planted by all four houses?
(b) By what percentage did Green House exceed Yellow House in saplings planted?
Chapter 1: The Fish Tale
मछली उछली (बड़ी संख्याएँ, नौकाएँ एवं मछली बाजार)
- Reading and writing large numbers in Indian place value system: Lakhs (100,000) and Crores (10,000,000).
- Speed, Distance, and Time calculations for different types of fishing boats (Log boats, Oar boats, Motor boats, Machine trawlers).
- Commercial calculations: buying, selling, drying fresh fish (weight reduction to 1/3), and banking loans.
- Solving multi-step practical problems.
- Principal Loan Amount: $P = ₹4,000$.
- Monthly Installment: ₹345 per month.
- Number of months in 1 year: 12 months.
• (a) Two lakh in numerals: 1 lakh = 1,00,000, so two lakh = 2,00,000.
• (b) Boats with a motor: Half of 2,00,000 = 2,00,000 ÷ 2 = 1,00,000 (one lakh boats).
• (c) Number of machine trawlers: 1/4 of 1,00,000 = 1,00,000 ÷ 4 = 25,000. So there are 25 thousand machine trawlers.
• (a) Time to cover 10 km: Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 10 ÷ 4 = 2.5 hours = 2 hours and 30 minutes.
• (b) Distance in 6 hours: Distance = Speed × Time = 4 km/h × 6 h = 24 km.
• (a) Distance covered by motor boat: Speed = 20 km/h, Time = 3.5 h. Distance = 20 × 3.5 = 70 km.
• (b) Total catch in 7 trips: Catch per trip = 600 kg. Total = 7 × 600 = 4,200 kg.
• (a) Dried fish from 6,000 kg: Weight of dried fish = 1/3 of 6,000 kg = 6,000 ÷ 3 = 2,000 kg.
• (b) Dried fish from 900 kg: Weight of dried fish = 1/3 of 900 kg = 900 ÷ 3 = 300 kg.
1. Cost of buying fresh fish = 6,000 kg × ₹15 = ₹90,000.
2. Weight of dried fish produced = 6,000 ÷ 3 = 2,000 kg.
3. Money earned by selling dried fish = 2,000 kg × ₹70 = ₹1,40,000.
4. Profit = Selling Price - Cost Price = ₹1,40,000 - ₹90,000 = ₹50,000.
• (a) Price per kg of Kingfish: Total price = ₹1,200, Weight = 8 kg. Price per kg = 1,200 ÷ 8 = ₹150 per kg.
• (b) Kg of Sardines: Rate = ₹40/kg, Total money = ₹240. Quantity = 240 ÷ 40 = 6 kg.
• (a) Basheer's purchases:
- Money spent on squid = 1/4 of ₹100 = ₹25. Since squid is ₹50/kg, he gets 25 ÷ 50 = 1/2 kg = 500 grams of squid.
- Money spent on prawns = 3/4 of ₹100 = ₹75. Since prawns are ₹150/kg, he gets 75 ÷ 150 = 1/2 kg = 500 grams of prawns.
• (b) Mini's sales:
- Gracy earned = 6 kg × ₹60 = ₹360.
- Mini sells sardines at ₹40/kg, so quantity sold = 360 ÷ 40 = 9 kg of sardines.
• (a) Monthly installment: 1 year = 12 months. Monthly payment = 23,520 ÷ 12 = ₹1,960 per month.
• (b) Total interest paid: Extra money = Total paid - Loan amount = 23,520 - 21,000 = ₹2,520.
• (a) Monthly collection: 20 women × ₹25 = ₹500 per month.
• (b) Total collection in 10 years:
- In 1 year (12 months): 500 × 12 = ₹6,000.
- In 10 years: 6,000 × 10 = ₹60,000.
• Borewell: ₹3,000
• Bamboo racks: 20 × ₹2,000 = ₹40,000
• Cement tanks: 4 × ₹1,000 = ₹4,000
• Tray and knife: 20 × ₹300 = ₹6,000
• Buckets: 20 × ₹75 = ₹1,500
• Total startup cost: 3,000 + 40,000 + 4,000 + 6,000 + 1,500 = ₹54,500.
• Cost of salt = 1,500 kg × ₹2 = ₹3,000.
• Packing and transport charges = ₹3,000.
• Total monthly operational cost: ₹3,000 + ₹3,000 = ₹6,000.
• (a) Catch comparison: 6,000 kg ÷ 20 kg = 300 times more.
• (b) Speed comparison: 24 km/h ÷ 4 km/h = 6 times faster.
• (a) Thousands in one lakh: 1 lakh = 1,00,000; 1 thousand = 1,000. 1,00,000 ÷ 1,000 = 100 thousands.
• (b) Lakhs in one crore: 1 crore = 1,00,00,000; 1 lakh = 1,00,000. 1,00,00,000 ÷ 1,00,000 = 100 lakhs.
• (c) One crore in numerals: 1,00,00,000. It has 7 zeros.
• Distance = 50 km, Speed = 20 km/h.
• Time taken = Distance ÷ Speed = 50 ÷ 20 = 2.5 hours = 2 hours and 30 minutes.
• Departure time: 6:00 AM.
• Arrival time: 6:00 AM + 2 hours 30 minutes = 8:30 AM.
• (a) Number of children: 16,000 kg ÷ 32 kg = 500 children.
• (b) Weight difference:
- Weight of 12 children = 12 × 32 = 384 kg.
- Difference = 16,000 - 384 = 15,616 kg more.
• Prawns: 2 kg × ₹150 = ₹300
• Swordfish: 3 kg × ₹60 = ₹180
• Dried fish: 500 g = 0.5 kg; 0.5 × ₹70 = ₹35
• Total Bill: 300 + 180 + 35 = ₹515.
1. Time taken to go to reef = 36 km ÷ 12 km/h = 3 hours.
2. Time spent fishing = 2 hours.
3. Time taken to return = 36 km ÷ 12 km/h = 3 hours.
4. Total time: 3 + 2 + 3 = 8 hours.
• Loan amount = ₹4,000.
• Total repaid in 12 months = 12 × ₹345 = ₹4,140.
• Since ₹4,140 > ₹4,000, she paid more.
• Extra amount = ₹4,140 - ₹4,000 = ₹140.
• Discounted price per kg = ₹40 - ₹5 = ₹35 per kg.
• Total amount for 5 kg = 5 × ₹35 = ₹175.
• (a) Motor boat trips: 2,400 ÷ 800 = 3 trips.
• (b) Log boat trips: 2,400 ÷ 20 = 120 trips.
1. Cost of fish = 150 × ₹35 = ₹5,250.
2. Total cost (including transport) = ₹5,250 + ₹250 = ₹5,500.
3. Total selling revenue = 150 × ₹45 = ₹6,750.
4. Net Profit: ₹6,750 - ₹5,500 = ₹1,250.
• (a) Diesel needed: For 10 km = 2 litres. For 60 km = (60 ÷ 10) × 2 = 6 × 2 = 12 litres.
• (b) Fuel cost: 12 litres × ₹90 = ₹1,080.
• Total weight in grams = 10,000 × 15 g = 150,000 g.
• 1,000 grams = 1 kg.
• Weight in kg = 150,000 ÷ 1,000 = 150 kg.
• Fisherman A daily earning = ₹450.
• Fisherman B daily earning = ₹3,200 ÷ 14 ≈ ₹228.57.
• Fisherman A earns more by: 450 - 228.57 = ₹221.43 per day.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: The Fish Tale
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving The Fish Tale in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 2: Shapes and Angles
आकृतियाँ और कोण (माचिस की तीलियाँ, कोण टेस्टर एवं डिग्री घड़ी)
- Open and closed geometric shapes made of matchsticks (triangles, quadrilaterals, pentagons, hexagons).
- Understanding that shapes with the same number of sides can have different shapes depending on their interior angles.
- Angle tester (two strips joined by a split pin) for right angles, less than right angle (acute), and more than right angle (obtuse).
- The Degree Clock: identifying 45°, 90°, 180° through hands and turns.
- (a) 9:00: The hour hand is at 9 and the minute hand is at 12. Angle = $3 \times 30^\circ = 90^\circ$ → Right Angle.
- (b) 3:30: The hour hand is halfway between 3 and 4, and minute hand is at 6. Angle = $75^\circ$ → Less than a right angle (Acute Angle).
- (c) 7:15: The hour hand is just past 7 and minute hand is at 3. Angle = approx $127.5^\circ$ → More than a right angle (Obtuse Angle).
- (d) 2:00: The hour hand is at 2 and minute hand is at 12. Angle = $2 \times 30^\circ = 60^\circ$ → Less than a right angle (Acute Angle).
- (e) 6:00: The hour hand is at 6 and minute hand is at 12. Angle = $180^\circ$ → More than a right angle (Straight Angle).
- M: 3 angles (all 3 acute, less than right angle).
- E: 4 right angles (at the top, middle top, middle bottom, bottom intersections).
- E: 4 right angles.
- N: 2 angles (both acute, less than right angle).
- A: 3 acute angles (at the apex and crossbar) + 2 obtuse angles (below crossbar).
• (a) Sides: Yes, both shapes have exactly 6 sides because both used 6 matchsticks.
• (b) Angles: No, the angles are not the same. Even though the number of sides is identical, changing the orientation or slants of the matchsticks changes the internal angles between them. Rohini's shape has all obtuse equal angles (120°), while Mohini's shape has both acute and reflex angles.
• (a) Right Angle: An angle exactly equal to 90° (forms an 'L' shape). Example: Corner of a book or door.
• (b) Acute Angle: An angle less than 90° (between 0° and 90°). Example: Open blades of scissors or hands of a clock at 2:00.
• (c) Obtuse Angle: An angle more than 90° and less than 180°. Example: Hands of a clock at 5:00 or a reclining lounge chair.
(a) In letter 'H', how many right angles are there?
(b) In letter 'N', what kind of angles are formed?
(c) In letter 'A', how many acute angles are inside the upper triangle? Textbook Exercise • Angles in Alphabet Letters 3 Marks
• (a) Letter 'H': There are 4 right angles (90°) where the horizontal crossbar meets the two vertical lines.
• (b) Letter 'N': There are 2 acute angles (both less than 90°) between the vertical lines and the diagonal slash.
• (c) Letter 'A': Inside the upper triangle of 'A', all 3 angles are acute angles (each less than 90°).
(a) 9:00
(b) 2:00
(c) 4:30
(d) 8:15 Textbook Exercise • Clock Hands & Angles 4 Marks
• (a) 9:00: Exactly 3 hour divisions apart (3 × 30° = 90°). Angle: Right Angle.
• (b) 2:00: 2 hour divisions apart (2 × 30° = 60°). Angle: Acute Angle (less than 90°).
• (c) 4:30: Hour hand between 4 and 5, minute hand at 6. Gap is 1.5 divisions (1.5 × 30° = 45°). Angle: Acute Angle.
• (d) 8:15: Gap is about 5.25 divisions (approx 157.5°). Angle: Obtuse Angle (more than 90°).
• (a) Instrument: The Divider (an instrument with two pointed metal legs hinged together) acts as an angle tester.
• (b) DIY Cardboard Tester: Cut two equal strips of stiff cardboard (about 15 cm long and 2 cm wide). Join them at one end by pushing a drawing pin (or split pin) through both strips so that they can rotate freely. When the strips open like the letter 'L', it tests a right angle.
• (a) 1/4 turn: 1/4 × 360° = 90° (Right angle).
• (b) 1/2 turn: 1/2 × 360° = 180° (Straight angle).
• (c) 3/4 turn: 3/4 × 360° = 270°.
(a) In 'Dandasana' (sitting straight with legs stretched forward flat on ground), what angle does the back make with the legs?
(b) In 'Adho Mukha Svanasana' (Downwards Dog pose forming an inverted V), what type of angle is formed at the hips?
(c) When raising one arm straight overhead from the side, through what angle does the arm turn? Textbook Exercise • Yoga Asanas & Body Angles 3 Marks
• (a) Dandasana: The spine is perpendicular to the legs, making a Right Angle (90°).
• (b) Downward Dog pose: The torso and legs meet at the hip joint forming an angle less than 90°, which is an Acute Angle.
• (c) Overhead arm raise: Turning arm from side (downwards) to straight overhead is a half-circle turn of 180°.
• (a) Rule: The angle at which the striker hits the edge (angle of incidence) is equal to the angle at which it rebounds (angle of reflection). Both angles made with the perpendicular (normal) are equal.
• (b) Rebound angle: If it hits the edge at 45°, it will rebound at an angle of 45°.
• (a) 8 Matchsticks: Arrange the 8 matchsticks tip-to-tail in a closed loop with all equal interior angles. This forms a regular Octagon where all interior angles are obtuse (135° each).
• (b) 6 Matchsticks Triangle: Use 2 matchsticks on each side (2 + 2 + 2 = 6). An Equilateral Triangle is formed. All three angles are equal, acute, and measure exactly 60° each.
• (a) 35°: Acute angle (less than 90°)
• (b) 90°: Right angle (exactly 90°)
• (c) 115°: Obtuse angle (between 90° and 180°)
• (d) 89°: Acute angle (just less than 90°)
• (e) 175°: Obtuse angle (between 90° and 180°)
• (f) 91°: Obtuse angle (greater than 90°)
• Closed Shape: A figure that begins and ends at the exact same point, enclosing a bounded boundary. Example: Circle, square, triangle. It has an internal area.
• Open Shape: A figure where the starting point and ending point do not meet, leaving a gap. Example: Letter 'C' or 'U'. It does NOT have an internal area because it does not enclose a region.
• (a) Side lengths: No, the side lengths remain the same because the matchsticks do not stretch or shrink.
• (b) Angles: Yes, the right angles (90°) change into two acute angles and two obtuse angles.
• (c) Triangle rigidity: A triangle is a rigid shape; its angles cannot change without changing the lengths of its sides. A square can easily wobble or deform under pressure, whereas triangles provide maximum structural stability to bridges and towers.
• (a) Angle change: When handles are opened wider, the angle between the blades increases.
• (b) Cutting power: A small acute angle near the pivot gives the greatest mechanical advantage and cutting pressure for thick cloth.
• (a) Angle sum: The sum of the angles of any triangle is always 180°.
• (b) Third angle:
- In a right-angled triangle, one angle is 90°.
- Given second angle = 40°.
- Third angle = 180° - (90° + 40°) = 180° - 130° = 50°.
• (a) Angle: The apex angle at the top ridge of the roof is typically an acute or right angle (steep pitch).
• (b) Purpose: The steep sloping angle prevents snow and rainwater from accumulating on the roof. Gravity causes snow to slide off easily, preventing the roof from collapsing under heavy snow weight.
• (a) Complement of 30° = 90° - 30° = 60°.
• (b) Complement of 65° = 90° - 65° = 25°.
• (c) Complement of 45° = 90° - 45° = 45°.
• (a) Minute hand: Completes 1 full circular turn in 60 minutes = 360°.
• (b) Hour hand: Moves from one number to the next (e.g. from 12 to 1). There are 12 divisions on clock face: 360° ÷ 12 = 30°.
1. The blackboard / whiteboard frame corners.
2. The classroom door and window frames.
3. The surface corners of the teacher's table / student desks.
4. The pages and cover of a textbook or notebook.
• (a) Measure: A straight angle measures exactly 180°.
• (b) Number of right angles: 180° ÷ 90° = 2 right angles.
• (c) Angle name: An angle between 180° and 360° is called a Reflex Angle.
• (a) Angle: A vertical pole makes a Right Angle (90°) with the horizontal ground.
• (b) Shadow behavior: As the sun descends lower towards the horizon in the evening, the angle of the sun's rays becomes smaller (acute), causing the shadow to become longer and longer.
• (a) Angle type: The hands point in exactly opposite directions along a straight line, forming a Straight Angle.
• (b) Degree measure: Exactly 180°.
• Sum of all 4 angles of a quadrilateral = 360°.
• Sum of given three angles = 90° + 85° + 95° = 270°.
• Fourth angle = 360° - 270° = 90°.
• (a) Number of angles: A pentagon has 5 angles.
• (b) Angle type: Each internal angle of a regular pentagon measures 108°, which is greater than 90°. Therefore, all its internal angles are Obtuse Angles.
1. Take a round piece of paper and fold it exactly in half to form a semicircle. The crease line represents a straight angle of 180°.
2. Fold the semicircle in half once again, matching the curved edges and straight corners perfectly.
3. Press the fold firmly. The corner formed at the centre point is exactly 1/4 of a full circle (360° ÷ 4), creating a perfect Right Angle of 90°.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Shapes and Angles
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Shapes and Angles in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 3: How Many Squares?
कितने वर्ग? (क्षेत्रफल, परिमाप, डाक टिकट एवं ग्रिड पहेलियाँ)
- Measuring area by counting 1 cm grid squares: full squares, more than half squares as 1, exactly half squares as 1/2, less than half ignored.
- Comparing areas of postal stamps, footprints, and coin impressions.
- Relationship between area and perimeter: shapes with the same area can have different perimeters.
- Finding the area of right triangles as half of the surrounding rectangle: Area of Triangle = 1/2 × Base × Height.
- Given: $\text{Perimeter} = 24\text{ cm}$, $\text{Width} (w) = 4\text{ cm}$.
• Stamp A covers 18 squares.
• Stamp B covers 8 squares.
• Stamp C covers 6 squares.
• Stamp D covers 12 squares.
(a) What is the area of Stamp A? (b) Which stamp has the smallest area? (c) What is the difference between the area of the biggest and smallest stamp? Textbook Exercise • Postage Stamp Area & Perimeter 3 Marks
• (a) Area of Stamp A: Since each square has an area of 1 sq cm, Stamp A = 18 × 1 = 18 sq cm.
• (b) Smallest stamp: Stamp C covers only 6 squares, so Stamp C has the smallest area (6 sq cm).
• (c) Difference: Area of Stamp A - Area of Stamp C = 18 - 6 = 12 sq cm.
• (a) Perimeter of Stamp D: 2 × (4 + 3) = 2 × 7 = 14 cm.
• (b) Perimeter of Stamp B: 2 × (4 + 2) = 2 × 6 = 12 cm.
1. Count every square that is fully covered as 1 whole sq cm.
2. Count every square that is more than half covered as 1 whole sq cm.
3. If a square is exactly half covered, count it as 1/2 sq cm (two half squares make 1 sq cm).
4. Ignore squares that are less than half covered.
5. Add all counted squares together to find the estimated total area.
• (a) Area of rectangle: Length × Width = 5 cm × 4 cm = 20 sq cm.
• (b) Area of each triangle: The diagonal divides the rectangle into two equal halves. Area of triangle = 1/2 × Area of rectangle = 20 ÷ 2 = 10 sq cm.
• 1 × 12 rectangle: Perimeter = 2 × (1 + 12) = 2 × 13 = 26 cm.
• 2 × 6 rectangle: Perimeter = 2 × (2 + 6) = 2 × 8 = 16 cm.
• 3 × 4 rectangle: Perimeter = 2 × (3 + 4) = 2 × 7 = 14 cm.
• (b) Longest perimeter: The 1 × 12 rectangle with perimeter 26 cm.
• (c) Shortest perimeter: The 3 × 4 rectangle with perimeter 14 cm.
Yes, two shapes can have identical areas but different perimeters.
• Example with 16 square tiles (Area = 16 sq cm in both cases):
- Shape 1 (4 cm × 4 cm square): Area = 16 sq cm. Perimeter = 4 × 4 = 16 cm.
- Shape 2 (1 cm × 16 cm ribbon): Area = 16 sq cm. Perimeter = 2 × (1 + 16) = 2 × 17 = 34 cm.
Both shapes have an area of 16 sq cm, but their perimeters are 16 cm and 34 cm.
• (a) Area of postcard: 14 cm × 9 cm = 126 sq cm.
• (b) Stamps fitting: Area of one stamp = 3 cm × 2 cm = 6 sq cm.
- Along 14 cm length: 14 ÷ 3 = 4 stamps (with 2 cm left over).
- Along 9 cm width: 9 ÷ 2 = 4 stamps (with 1 cm left over).
- Total stamps fitted = 4 × 4 = 16 stamps.
(By pure area quotient: 126 ÷ 6 = 21 stamps, but physical grid fitting allows 16 to 18 stamps).
• (a) Conversion: 6 m = 6 × 100 = 600 cm.
• (b) Area of floor: 600 cm × 600 cm = 360,000 sq cm.
• (c) Number of tiles: Area of one tile = 30 cm × 30 cm = 900 sq cm.
Number of tiles = 360,000 ÷ 900 = 400 tiles.
• 14 full squares = 14 × 1 = 14 sq cm.
• 8 half squares = 8 × 0.5 = 4 sq cm.
• 4 more-than-half squares = 4 × 1 = 4 sq cm.
• Total Area: 14 + 4 + 4 = 22 sq cm.
• (a) Square (4 sides): 36 ÷ 4 = 9 cm.
• (b) Equilateral triangle (3 sides): 36 ÷ 3 = 12 cm.
• (c) Regular hexagon (6 sides): 36 ÷ 6 = 6 cm.
• (a) 3 equal rectangles: Cut along the 6 cm width into three strips of 2 cm width each (10 cm × 2 cm). Area of each strip = 60 ÷ 3 = 20 sq cm.
• (b) 2 equal triangles: Cut diagonally from one corner to the opposite corner. Area of each triangle = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 sq cm.
• (a) Difference: 18 sq cm - 7 sq cm = 11 sq cm larger.
• (b) Father's footprint area: 2 × 18 sq cm = 36 sq cm.
• Sum of given four sides = 8 + 11 + 9 + 10 = 38 m.
• Total perimeter = 45 m.
• Length of fifth side = 45 - 38 = 7 metres.
• (a) Area:
- Area of Square = 8 × 8 = 64 sq cm.
- Area of Rectangle = 10 × 6 = 60 sq cm.
- The Square has greater area by 64 - 60 = 4 sq cm.
• (b) Perimeter:
- Perimeter of Square = 4 × 8 = 32 cm.
- Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 × (10 + 6) = 32 cm.
- Both figures have the exact same perimeter (32 cm)!
• (a) Side length: 8 squares × 3 cm = 24 cm.
• (b) Total area: 24 cm × 24 cm = 576 sq cm.
• (c) Black squares area: Exactly half of the 64 squares are black (32 squares). Area = 576 ÷ 2 = 288 sq cm.
• (a) Area: Since it always consists of 5 squares of 1 sq cm, its area is always 5 sq cm.
• (b) Perimeter of T-pentomino:
Counting outer edge segments: Top edge = 3 cm; left & right ends of crossbar = 1 cm each; under-crossbar edges = 1 cm each; stem sides = 2 cm each; bottom edge = 1 cm.
Total perimeter = 3 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 1 = 12 cm.
1. Perimeter of park = 2 × (25 + 15) = 2 × 40 = 80 metres.
2. Total wire needed for 3 rounds = 3 × 80 = 240 metres.
3. Total cost = 240 m × ₹20 = ₹4,800.
• (a) Perimeter:
- Original: 4 × 4 = 16 cm.
- New: 4 × 8 = 32 cm.
- The perimeter doubles (increases by 2 times).
• (b) Area:
- Original: 4 × 4 = 16 sq cm.
- New: 8 × 8 = 64 sq cm.
- The area becomes 4 times larger (2² = 4).
• (a) Total area:
- Area of Rectangle 1 = 4 × 3 = 12 sq m.
- Area of Rectangle 2 = 2 × 2 = 4 sq m.
- Total area = 12 + 4 = 16 sq metres.
• (b) Cost of carpeting: 16 sq m × ₹150 = ₹2,400.
• (a) Side length: Since Area = Side × Side = 49, Side = √49 = 7 metres.
• (b) Lace border needed: Perimeter = 4 × Side = 4 × 7 = 28 metres of lace.
Tracing each segment along the outer contour: 3 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 4 + 1 = 15 units (or 14-16 cm depending on closed vertex coordinates). Tracing a closed staircase with baseline 5 cm and height 2 cm gives a boundary of 14 cm.
• (a) Maths cover area: 28 × 21 = 588 sq cm.
• (b) Hindi cover area: 25 × 20 = 500 sq cm.
• (c) Difference: 588 - 500 = 88 sq cm.
• For tiles to meet around a point without gaps or overlaps, the sum of their corner angles must equal exactly 360°.
• Squares: Corner angle = 90°. Four squares meet: 4 × 90° = 360° (no gaps).
• Hexagons: Corner angle = 120°. Three hexagons meet: 3 × 120° = 360° (no gaps).
• Pentagons: Corner angle = 108°. Three pentagons = 324° (gap of 36°); four pentagons = 432° (overlap). Therefore, pentagons cannot tile a plane.
• (a) Outer side: Inner side = 10 m. Adding 1 m path on both sides: 10 + 1 + 1 = 12 metres.
• (b) Area of flower bed: 10 m × 10 m = 100 sq metres.
• (c) Area of the path:
- Outer total area = 12 m × 12 m = 144 sq m.
- Area of path = Outer area - Flower bed area = 144 - 100 = 44 sq metres.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: How Many Squares?
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving How Many Squares? in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 4: Parts and Wholes
हिस्से और पूरे (राष्ट्रीय ध्वज, चॉकलेट बंटवारा एवं रामू का खेत)
- Fractions in everyday life: tricolour flags, chocolate bars, and garden plots.
- Fraction of a collection: e.g., 1/4 of 16 balls = 4 balls.
- Equivalent fractions: visual representations using fraction strips and circles.
- Money fractions: 50 paise = 1/2 rupee, 25 paise = 1/4 rupee, 20 paise = 1/5 rupee, 10 paise = 1/10 rupee.
- Total equal parts: 9.
- Total pieces of chocolate: 12.
- Raji's share: $\frac{1}{4} \times 12 = \mathbf{3\text{ pieces}}$.
- Sugatha's share: $\frac{1}{3} \times 12 = \mathbf{4\text{ pieces}}$.
- Sheela's share: $\frac{1}{6} \times 12 = \mathbf{2\text{ pieces}}$.
- Total pieces given away: $3 + 4 + 2 = 9\text{ pieces}$.
- Pieces left for Manju: $12 - 9 = \mathbf{3\text{ pieces}}$.
- Fraction left for Manju: $\frac{3}{12} = \mathbf{\frac{1}{4}}$.
• (a) Saffron fraction: The flag is divided into 3 equal stripes, so saffron is 1/3.
• (b) White portion: The white stripe contains the navy blue Ashoka Chakra in its center. Because the Chakra takes up space inside the white band, the pure white area is a little less than 1/3 of the flag.
• (c) Green fraction: Green occupies exactly one of the three equal bands, which is 1/3.
• (a) Raji: 1/4 of 12 = 12 ÷ 4 = 3 pieces.
• (b) Sugatha: 1/3 of 12 = 12 ÷ 3 = 4 pieces.
• (c) Sheela: 1/6 of 12 = 12 ÷ 6 = 2 pieces.
• (d) Manju: Total given away = 3 + 4 + 2 = 9 pieces. Manju ate: 12 - 9 = 3 pieces.
(a) Which vegetable grows in the biggest part of his field? What fraction is it?
(b) On what fraction of the field does he grow potatoes?
(c) What fraction is used for growing spinach? Textbook Exercise • Ramu's Vegetable Field 3 Marks
• (a) Biggest part: Tomatoes grow in 3 parts. Fraction = 3/9 = 1/3 of the field.
• (b) Potatoes fraction: Potatoes occupy 2 parts out of 9 = 2/9 of the field.
• (c) Spinach fraction: Spinach occupies 1 part out of 9 = 1/9 of the field.
• (a) Sleeping time: 1/3 of 24 = 24 ÷ 3 = 8 hours.
• (b) Study time: 1/4 of 24 = 24 ÷ 4 = 6 hours.
• (c) Cat sleeping time: 1/2 of 24 = 24 ÷ 2 = 12 hours.
(a) How many 50-paise coins make one rupee? What fraction of a rupee is 50 paise?
(b) How many 25-paise coins make one rupee? What fraction of a rupee is 25 paise?
(c) What fraction of a rupee is 20 paise? Textbook Exercise • Fractions of a Rupee 3 Marks
• (a) 50-paise coins: 100 ÷ 50 = 2 coins. Fraction = 50/100 = 1/2 of a rupee.
• (b) 25-paise coins: 100 ÷ 25 = 4 coins. Fraction = 25/100 = 1/4 of a rupee.
• (c) 20-paise coins: 100 ÷ 20 = 5 coins. Fraction = 20/100 = 1/5 of a rupee.
(a) 1/2 = 2/4 = ___/6 = 4/___ = ___/10
(b) 3/5 = ___/10 = 9/___ = ___/20
(c) Show why 2/3 is equal to 8/12. Textbook Exercise • Equivalent Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) 1/2 = 2/4 = 3/6 = 4/8 = 5/10.
• (b) 3/5 = 6/10 = 9/15 = 12/20.
• (c) Verification: Multiply numerator and denominator of 2/3 by 4: (2 × 4) / (3 × 4) = 8/12. Hence, they are equal.
(a) 2½ kg of tomatoes
(b) 3¼ kg of potatoes
(c) 1½ kg of pumpkin Textbook Exercise • Shopping List & Price Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) 2½ kg tomatoes: 2.5 × ₹12 = ₹30 (or 2 × 12 + 1/2 × 12 = 24 + 6 = ₹30).
• (b) 3¼ kg potatoes: 3 × 10 = 30; 1/4 × 10 = 2.50. Total = 30 + 2.50 = ₹32.50.
• (c) 1½ kg pumpkin: 1.5 × ₹8 = ₹12 (or 8 + 4 = ₹12).
• (a) Blue squares (1/2): 1/2 of 16 = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 squares.
• (b) Red squares (1/4): 1/4 of 16 = 16 ÷ 4 = 4 squares.
• (c) Uncolored squares: 16 - (8 + 4) = 16 - 12 = 4 squares (which is 4/16 or 1/4 of the grid).
• (a) Minutes of delay: 1 hour = 60 minutes. Delay = 1/4 of 60 = 60 ÷ 4 = 15 minutes.
• (b) Actual arrival time: Scheduled time (6:45 PM) + 15 minutes = 7:00 PM.
(a) 3/7 and 5/7
(b) 2/3 and 2/5
(c) 3/4 and 6/8 Textbook Exercise • Comparing Fractions 3 Marks
• (a) 3/7 & 5/7: Same denominator; 3 < 5. Therefore, 3/7 < 5/7.
• (b) 2/3 & 2/5: Same numerator; smaller denominator means larger parts (3 < 5). Therefore, 2/3 > 2/5.
• (c) 3/4 & 6/8: Multiply 3/4 by 2/2 = 6/8. Therefore, 3/4 = 6/8.
• Flour: 1/2 of 1,000 g = 500 g.
• Sugar: 1/4 of 1,000 g = 250 g.
• Butter: 1/8 of 1,000 g = 125 g.
• Total weight: 500 + 250 + 125 = 875 grams.
• (a) Cricket: 1/5 of 40 = 40 ÷ 5 = 8 students.
• (b) Football: 2/5 of 40 = (40 ÷ 5) × 2 = 8 × 2 = 16 students.
• (c) Badminton: Remaining students = 40 - (8 + 16) = 40 - 24 = 16 students. Fraction = 16/40 = 2/5.
• (a) Millilitres per child: 1,000 mL ÷ 4 = 250 mL.
• (b) Fraction of a litre: 250/1,000 = 1/4 of a litre.
• (a) 2 1/3 = (2 × 3 + 1) / 3 = 7/3.
• (b) 3 3/4 = (3 × 4 + 3) / 4 = 15/4.
• (c) 5 1/2 = (5 × 2 + 1) / 2 = 11/2.
• (a) 2/7 + 3/7 = (2 + 3) / 7 = 5/7.
• (b) 1/4 + 1/2 = 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4.
• (c) 1 - 3/8 = 8/8 - 3/8 = 5/8.
• Number of pieces = Total length ÷ Length of one piece.
• 6 ÷ (3/4) = 6 × (4/3) = (6 × 4) ÷ 3 = 24 ÷ 3 = 8 pieces.
• (a) 1/2 × 60 = 30 minutes.
• (b) 2/3 × 60 = 2 × 20 = 40 minutes.
• (c) 3/4 × 60 = 3 × 15 = 45 minutes.
• (a) 12/16: Divide numerator and denominator by 4: (12÷4)/(16÷4) = 3/4.
• (b) 15/25: Divide by 5: (15÷5)/(25÷5) = 3/5.
• (c) 18/24: Divide by 6: (18÷6)/(24÷6) = 3/4.
• (a) 3 months: 3/12 = 1/4 of a year.
• (b) 6 months: 6/12 = 1/2 of a year.
• (c) 73 days of 365 days: 73/365 = 1/5 of a year (since 73 × 5 = 365).
• (a) Whole number: If 1/3 = 15, then Whole = 15 × 3 = 45.
• (b) 2/5 of the number: 2/5 of 45 = (45 ÷ 5) × 2 = 9 × 2 = 18.
• (a) Morning distance: 3/4 of 120 = (120 ÷ 4) × 3 = 30 × 3 = 90 km.
• (b) Distance remaining: 120 - 90 = 30 km (or 1/4 of 120 = 30 km).
• On books: 2/5 of 500 = (500 ÷ 5) × 2 = ₹200.
• On stationery: 1/10 of 500 = ₹50.
• (a) Total spent: 200 + 50 = ₹250.
• (b) Money left: 500 - 250 = ₹250.
• Each child gets 5 ÷ 4 apples.
• Improper fraction: 5/4 apples.
• Mixed number: 5 ÷ 4 = 1 1/4 apples (1 whole apple and 1 quarter of an apple).
• Sunil: 3/4 of 60 minutes = 45 minutes.
• Rohit: 2/3 of 60 minutes = 40 minutes.
• Sunil studies longer by 45 - 40 = 5 minutes.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Parts and Wholes
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Parts and Wholes in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 5: Does it Look the Same?
क्या यह एक जैसा दिखता है? (दर्पण रेखाएँ, आधा घुमाव एवं घूर्णन सममिति)
- Mirror halves: lines dividing a shape such that one half reflects exactly onto the other half.
- Half turn (180° rotation): letters and numbers that look the same after a half turn (H, I, N, O, S, X, Z; 0, 8).
- Quarter turn (90° rotation) and one-third / one-sixth turn (120° / 60° on fans and windmills).
- Distinguishing between line symmetry and rotational symmetry.
- H: Turns upside down to form H (Yes).
- I: Turns upside down to form I (Yes).
- N: Turns upside down to form N (Yes).
- O: Turns upside down to form O (Yes).
- S: Turns upside down to form S (Yes).
- X: Turns upside down to form X (Yes).
- Z: Turns upside down to form Z (Yes).
• (a) Vertical symmetry: A, M, T, V (also H, I, W, Y).
• (b) Horizontal symmetry: B, C, D, E (also H, I, K).
• (c) Both vertical and horizontal: H, I, X, O.
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
Also write two 2-digit numbers and two 3-digit numbers that look the same on a half turn. Textbook Exercise • Half Turn (1/2 Turn) Numbers 3 Marks
• Among single digits: 0, 1, and 8 look identical after a 1/2 turn.
• Two-digit numbers: 11, 88.
• Three-digit numbers: 101, 111, 181, 808, 888.
(a) ZOOM
(b) NOON
(c) SIS
(d) MOW Textbook Exercise • Half Turn English Words 4 Marks
• (a) ZOOM: On half turn, Z turns into Z, O stays O, M turns into W (reads MOOZ upside down). Does NOT look the same.
• (b) NOON: N turns into N, O stays O. Reading upside down gives N-O-O-N. Looks the same.
• (c) SIS: S turns into S, I stays I. Reading upside down gives S-I-S. Looks the same.
• (d) MOW: M turns into W and W turns into M. Upside down it reads M-O-W. Looks the same.
• (a) Angle: A 1/4 turn is 360° ÷ 4 = 90°.
• (b) Shapes:
- Square: Yes, looks identical after 90°.
- Rectangle: No, a horizontal rectangle becomes vertical after 90°.
- Equilateral Triangle: No, its pointing vertex rotates to the side.
- Circle: Yes, looks identical after any rotation.
Therefore, only Square and Circle look identical after a 1/4 turn.
• (a) Angle: 360° ÷ 3 = 120°.
• (b) Equilateral triangle: Yes, it looks exactly the same. An equilateral triangle has 3 equal sides and 3 equal angles of 60°. Rotating it by 120° moves each corner to the next vertex position without altering its overall orientation.
• (a) Angle: 360° ÷ 6 = 60°.
• (b) Shape: A Regular Hexagon (or a 6-petalled symmetrical flower / 6-pointed star) looks identical after a 1/6 turn.
• (a) 1/4 turn: Yes, because rotating by 90° moves each of the 4 identical blades into the position previously occupied by its adjacent blade.
• (b) 1/2 turn: Yes, because a 1/2 turn is two 1/4 turns (180°), so the blades align identically again.
• Line Symmetry: A figure has line symmetry if it can be folded along a straight line such that the two halves fit exactly on top of each other. A rectangle has 2 lines of symmetry (one horizontal, one vertical through the middle of opposite sides).
• Rotational Symmetry: A figure has rotational symmetry if it looks identical to its original position after being turned by less than 360° around its centre. A rectangle has rotational symmetry of order 2 (looks the same on a 1/2 turn / 180°).
No, the diagonal of a rectangle is NOT a line of symmetry.
When you fold a rectangular paper along its diagonal, the opposite corners do not match or overlap; instead, they stick out in opposite directions. Although the diagonal divides the rectangle into two triangles of equal area, they are not mirror reflections of each other across that diagonal line.
1. Take a clean sheet of paper and fold it in half down the middle to create a sharp centre crease line.
2. Unfold the paper and place a few drops of liquid paint or coloured ink on one side of the fold.
3. Fold the paper back along the crease line and press the two halves gently together with your palm to spread the ink.
4. Open the paper. The paint transfers to both sides equally, producing a beautiful design where the crease line is the exact line of symmetry.
• (a) 1/4 turn (90°): No, 90° does not align with the 120° blade intervals.
• (b) 1/3 turn (120°): Yes, each blade rotates exactly into the position of the next blade.
• (c) 1/2 turn (180°): No, 180° points a blade directly between two blades on the opposite side.
(a) Equilateral triangle
(b) Square
(c) Regular pentagon
(d) Regular hexagon Textbook Exercise • Regular Polygons & Lines of Symmetry 4 Marks
• (a) Equilateral triangle: 3 lines of symmetry.
• (b) Square: 4 lines of symmetry (2 through midpoints, 2 diagonals).
• (c) Regular pentagon: 5 lines of symmetry.
• (d) Regular hexagon: 6 lines of symmetry.
The digits that remain unchanged in a vertical mirror reflection are 0 and 8 (in standard symmetric font). Digits like 1 (with hook), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9 reverse horizontally.
• Definition: The number of times a shape looks identical to its original appearance during one complete 360° turn.
• (a) Equilateral triangle: Looks the same at 120°, 240°, and 360°. Order = 3.
• (b) Square: Looks the same at 90°, 180°, 270°, and 360°. Order = 4.
• (a) 'GIVE WAY' (Equilateral triangle shape): Has 3 lines of symmetry (from each vertex perpendicular to opposite edge).
• (b) 'STOP' (Regular octagon shape): Has 8 lines of symmetry (ignoring text lettering).
• (a) 1/4 turn: No, because a 1/4 turn rotates a red blade into the position of a blue blade.
• (b) 1/2 turn: Yes, because a 1/2 turn (180°) rotates a red blade into the opposite red blade's position, and blue into blue.
1. Butterfly: The patterns, shapes, and veins on both wings show striking bilateral (mirror) symmetry.
2. Human face/body: Bilateral vertical symmetry (left eye matches right eye, left arm matches right arm).
3. Flowers & Snowflakes: Radial symmetry (many flower petals have 5-fold or 6-fold symmetry; snowflakes exhibit 6-fold hexagonal symmetry).
• (a) Line symmetry: No, a general parallelogram cannot be folded along any line to match its halves.
• (b) Rotational symmetry: Yes, it looks identical after a 1/2 turn (180°). Its order of rotational symmetry is 2.
• A circle has infinitely many lines of symmetry.
• Any straight line passing through the centre of the circle (i.e. any diameter) is a line of symmetry, as folding along it divides the circle into two identical semicircles.
• Placing the mirror exactly on the line of symmetry completes the reflection, showing a full, complete, realistic dog face.
• If you tilt or shift the mirror away from the line, the reflected image becomes distorted, stretched, or cut off, and no longer resembles a normal face.
With only 4 tick marks at 90° intervals, the dial looks identical after every 1/4 turn (90°). Its order of rotational symmetry is 4.
• (a) Line symmetry: No, folding 'Z' vertically or horizontally never overlaps its arms.
• (b) Half turn: Yes, rotating 'Z' by 180° produces the exact same letter 'Z'.
• The left has 3 circles, right has 2 circles.
• To make it symmetrical, the right side must also have 3 circles.
• Therefore, you must add 1 red circle to the right side at the corresponding mirror position.
• 4-fold and 8-fold radial symmetry creates a harmonious, visually balanced, and aesthetically pleasing geometric design from every viewing angle.
• Using grid dots allows artists to replicate motifs equally in all four quadrants, ensuring mathematical balance and beauty.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Does it Look the Same?
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Does it Look the Same? in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 6: Be My Multiple, I'll be Your Factor
मैं तेरा गुणनफल, तू मेरा गुणनखंड (बिल्ली-चूहा खेल, म.स.प. एवं ल.स.प.)
- The Mouse and Cat chasing game on the number line: jumping intervals and escape holes.
- Common multiples of 2, 3, 5 and finding the Least Common Multiple (LCM).
- Arranging bangles into rectangular arrays and finding all factor pairs.
- Factor Trees for prime factorisation of numbers like 24, 60, 90.
- Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32...
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36...
- Multiples of 8: 8, 16, 24, 32, 40...
• (a) Cat steps (multiples of 3 starting from 3): 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27.
• (b) Mouse steps (adding 2 starting from 15): 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29 (safe in hole).
• (c) At step 21: The cat reaches 21 after 6 jumps (3→6→9→12→15→18→21). The mouse reaches 21 after 3 jumps (15→17→19→21). Because the mouse was already at 21 earlier, and reaches hole (28) in 7 jumps before the cat can intercept it at the same moment, the mouse escapes safely!
• (a) Multiples of 2: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10.
• (b) Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15.
• (c) Common multiples: Numbers appearing in both lists are 6 and 12.
• Lowest Common Multiple (LCM): 6.
• Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48...
• Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48...
• (a) 4 common numbers: 12, 24, 36, 48.
• (b) Smallest common number (LCM): 12.
1. Find the LCM of 4, 5, and 6:
- Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60...
- Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60...
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60...
- LCM(4, 5, 6) = 60.
2. Since 1 seed is left over in each case, add 1 to the LCM:
Total seeds = 60 + 1 = 61 seeds.
Any arrangement with equal rows must divide 18 completely without remainder.
• 1 row of 18 bangles (1 × 18)
• 2 rows of 9 bangles (2 × 9)
• 3 rows of 6 bangles (3 × 6)
• 6 rows of 3 bangles (6 × 3)
• 9 rows of 2 bangles (9 × 2)
• 18 rows of 1 bangle (18 × 1)
The possible group/row sizes are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, and 18.
• Tree 1: Start with 24 = 2 × 12 → 12 = 2 × 6 → 6 = 2 × 3.
• Tree 2: Start with 24 = 4 × 6 → 4 = 2 × 2 and 6 = 2 × 3.
• Prime factorization: 24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3.
• (a) Factors of 25: 1, 5, 25.
• (b) Factors of 35: 1, 5, 7, 35.
• (c) Common factors: 1 and 5.
• Highest Common Factor (HCF): 5.
• 90 ÷ 2 = 45 (divides evenly, so 2-foot tiles can be used: 45 tiles).
• 90 ÷ 3 = 30 (divides evenly, so 3-foot tiles can be used: 30 tiles).
• 90 ÷ 5 = 18 (divides evenly, so 5-foot tiles can be used: 18 tiles).
All three tile sizes (2 ft, 3 ft, and 5 ft) can tile the path completely without cutting!
• (a) Definitions: A Prime Number has exactly two distinct factors (1 and itself). A Composite Number has more than two factors.
• (b) Smallest prime number: 2.
• (c) Only even prime number: 2.
• (d) Number 1: 1 has only one factor (itself). Therefore, 1 is neither prime nor composite.
• Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27...
• Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28...
• Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30...
• First two common multiples: 12 and 24.
• LCM: 12.
• 1 × 36 = 36
• 2 × 18 = 36
• 3 × 12 = 36
• 4 × 9 = 36
• 6 × 6 = 36
All distinct factors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36.
Total number of factors = 9 factors.
• 3 (multiple of 3 and has digit 3) → Meow!
• 6 (multiple of 3) → Meow!
• 9 (multiple of 3) → Meow!
• 12 (multiple of 3) → Meow!
• 13 (has digit 3) → Meow!
First five numbers: 3, 6, 9, 12, 13.
• 40 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5.
• 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5.
• Common prime factors = 2 × 2 × 5.
• HCF: 2 × 2 × 5 = 20.
1. Find LCM of 15 and 20:
- Multiples of 15: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75...
- Multiples of 20: 20, 40, 60, 80...
- LCM = 60 minutes = 1 hour.
2. Time of next toll = 8:00 AM + 1 hour = 9:00 AM.
• Factors of 8: 1, 2, 4, 8.
• Factors of 15: 1, 3, 5, 15.
• Common factors: Only 1.
• Conclusion: Yes, 8 and 15 are co-prime numbers.
• (a) Rule for 3: A number is divisible by 3 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 3.
• (b) Sum of digits of 4,572: 4 + 5 + 7 + 2 = 18. Since 18 is divisible by 3 (18 ÷ 3 = 6), 4,572 is divisible by 3.
• (c) Divisible by 9: The sum of digits is 18. Since 18 is divisible by 9 (18 ÷ 9 = 2), 4,572 is also divisible by 9.
• 100 ÷ 7 = 14 with remainder 2. Smallest multiple > 100 is 7 × 15 = 105.
• 150 ÷ 7 = 21 with remainder 3. Largest multiple < 150 is 7 × 21 = 147.
• Multiples: 105, 112, 119, 126, 133, 140, 147.
• Level 1: 60 = 6 × 10.
• Level 2: 6 splits into 2 × 3; 10 splits into 2 × 5.
• Prime factorization: 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5.
(a) The sum of two odd numbers is always even.
(b) The product of two odd numbers is always even.
(c) All even numbers are composite numbers. Textbook Exercise • Even & Odd Numbers Properties 3 Marks
• (a) True: E.g., 3 + 5 = 8 (even).
• (b) False: The product of two odd numbers is always odd (e.g., 3 × 5 = 15).
• (c) False: 2 is an even number, but it is a prime number, not composite.
• (a) Largest 2-digit prime: 97 (factors: only 1 and 97).
• (b) Smallest 2-digit composite: 10 (factors: 1, 2, 5, 10).
• Multiples of 40: 40, 80, 120, 160, 200, 240...
• Multiples of 50: 50, 100, 150, 200, 250...
• LCM = 200 seconds (or 3 minutes and 20 seconds).
They will meet again after 200 seconds.
• Factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3, and 6.
• Proper factors (excluding 6) = 1, 2, 3.
• Sum of proper factors = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
Since the sum equals the number itself, 6 is a perfect number.
1. Divisibility by 2: The last digit is 6 (even), so 3,426 is divisible by 2.
2. Divisibility by 3: Sum of digits = 3 + 4 + 2 + 6 = 15. Since 15 is divisible by 3, 3,426 is divisible by 3.
3. Conclusion: Since it is divisible by both 2 and 3, 3,426 is divisible by 6.
• 1² = 1 (1 factor: 1) → Odd count.
• 2² = 4 (3 factors: 1, 2, 4) → Odd count.
• 3² = 9 (3 factors: 1, 3, 9) → Odd count.
• 4² = 16 (5 factors: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) → Odd count.
• 5² = 25 (3 factors: 1, 5, 25) → Odd count.
• Unique Property: All square numbers have an odd number of factors, because the square root pairs with itself. All other numbers have an even number of factors.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Be My Multiple, I'll be Your Factor
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Be My Multiple, I'll be Your Factor in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 7: Can You See the Pattern?
क्या तुम पैटर्न देख सकते हो? (जादुई वर्ग, षट्कोण, पैलिंड्रोम एवं संख्या पहेलियाँ)
- Rotational patterns of motifs: 1/4 turn, 1/2 turn, 3/4 turn.
- 3 × 3 Magic Squares where rows, columns, and diagonals all add up to the same magic sum.
- Magic Hexagons: number in each square is the product of numbers in the two adjoining circles.
- Palindromic numbers (Special Numbers): read the same forwards and backwards (e.g., 121, 656, 1331) formed by reversing and adding.
• (a) Rule: Turning one-quarter turn (1/4 turn or 90°) clockwise at each step.
• (b) Step 4: Points Left ←.
• (c) Step 5: Turns another 90° clockwise, pointing Up ↑ (back to start).
Place 5 in the centre:
• Row 1: 8 | 1 | 6 (Sum = 8+1+6 = 15)
• Row 2: 3 | 5 | 7 (Sum = 3+5+7 = 15)
• Row 3: 4 | 9 | 2 (Sum = 4+9+2 = 15)
• Columns: (8+3+4=15), (1+5+9=15), (6+7+2=15).
• Diagonals: (8+5+2=15), (6+5+4=15). All sums are 15!
• Place the smallest numbers at the three corners: 1, 2, and 3.
• Side between 1 and 2: needs 9 - (1+2) = 6.
• Side between 2 and 3: needs 9 - (2+3) = 4.
• Side between 1 and 3: needs 9 - (1+3) = 5.
• Check sides: 1+6+2 = 9; 2+4+3 = 9; 3+5+1 = 9. All sides equal 9!
• Base row: [10] [20] [30]
• Middle row (2 blocks):
- Left block = 10 + 20 = 30.
- Right block = 20 + 30 = 50.
• Top block (1 block):
- Top = 30 + 50 = 80.
• (a) Definition: A number that reads the exact same forward and backward (e.g. 121, 353).
• (b) Starting with 43:
- Reverse digits of 43 → 34.
- Add: 43 + 34 = 77 (reads 77 both ways, a special number!).
• (c) Starting with 132:
- Reverse digits of 132 → 231.
- Add: 132 + 231 = 363 (reads 363 both ways, a special number!).
• (a) Decoding '13 1 20 8 19':
13 = M, 1 = A, 20 = T, 8 = H, 19 = S → MATHS.
• (b) Encoding 'MATH':
M = 13, A = 1, T = 20, H = 8 → 13 - 1 - 20 - 8.
• (a) Sum of all 9 dates: 9 × 15 = 135.
• (b) Shortcut Trick: In any 3 × 3 box on a calendar, the sum of all 9 numbers is always equal to 9 times the centre number (Sum = 9 × Centre Date).
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 = 55
11 + 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 16 + 17 + 18 + 19 + 20 = 155
(a) What will be the sum of 21 to 30? (b) What will be the sum of 51 to 60? Textbook Exercise • Adding Consecutive Numbers Pattern 2 Marks
• Notice the pattern increases by 100 each time (since each of the 10 numbers is 10 greater).
• (a) Sum of 21 to 30: 155 + 100 = 255.
• (b) Sum of 51 to 60: 555 (follows: 255, 355, 455, 555).
1 = 1 (1 × 1)
1 + 3 = 4 (2 × 2)
1 + 3 + 5 = 9 (3 × 3)
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 = 16 (4 × 4)
(a) What is the sum of the first 6 odd numbers? (b) What is the sum of the first 10 odd numbers? Textbook Exercise • Odd Numbers Addition Pattern 2 Marks
• (a) First 6 odd numbers: 6 × 6 = 36.
• (b) First 10 odd numbers: 10 × 10 = 100.
1 × 1 = 1
11 × 11 = 121
111 × 111 = 12321
(a) Find 1111 × 1111 without calculating by hand. (b) Find 11111 × 11111. Textbook Exercise • Multiplication Pattern (11, 101, 1001) 2 Marks
• (a) 1111 × 1111: There are 4 ones, so the digits count up to 4 and back down: 1234321.
• (b) 11111 × 11111: There are 5 ones, digits count up to 5 and back down: 123454321.
(a) 24 + 19 + 37 = 37 + ___ + 24
(b) (___ + 14) + 20 = 35 + (14 + ___ )
What law of arithmetic is illustrated? Textbook Exercise • Commutative Pattern in Addition 3 Marks
• (a) 24 + 19 + 37 = 37 + 19 + 24.
• (b) (35 + 14) + 20 = 35 + (14 + 20).
• Arithmetic Law: The Commutative and Associative Properties of Addition (changing the order or grouping of numbers does not change their sum).
• Three Words: MADAM, RADAR, ROTATOR (also LEVEL, NOON).
• One Sentence: 'WAS IT A CAR OR A CAT I SAW' (or 'NO LEMONS NO MELON').
• (a) Rule: Multiply by 3 (×3) at each step (2×3=6, 6×3=18, 18×3=54).
• (b) Next two numbers:
- Next: 54 × 3 = 162.
- Then: 162 × 3 = 486.
• Circle 1 = 7, Circle 2 = 11.
• Square = Circle 1 × Circle 2 = 7 × 11 = 77.
• (a) 1 + 7 = 8.
• (b) 2 + 6 = 8.
• (c) 3 + 5 = 8.
• (d) Middle number: 4 (which is half of 8!).
• (a) Encoding 'GOOD' (+1 shift):
G→H, O→P, O→P, D→E → HPPE.
• (b) Decoding 'IFMMP' (-1 shift):
I→H, F→E, M→L, M→L, P→O → HELLO.
• Step 1: Upright (odd).
• Step 2: Upside down (even).
• Step 3: Upright (odd).
• Step 4: Upside down (even)...
• Since step 10 is an even step, letter 'F' will be upside down.
1. Total sum of numbers 1 to 9 = (9 × 10) ÷ 2 = 45.
2. A 3 × 3 square has 3 equal rows that must share this total sum equally.
3. Magic sum of each row = 45 ÷ 3 = 15.
9 - 1 = 8 ÷ 8 = 1
98 - 2 = 96 ÷ 8 = 12
987 - 3 = 984 ÷ 8 = 123
Predict the result of: (a) (9876 - 4) ÷ 8 (b) (98765 - 5) ÷ 8. Textbook Exercise • Subtraction Pattern Magic 2 Marks
• (a) (9876 - 4) ÷ 8 = 9872 ÷ 8 = 1234.
• (b) (98765 - 5) ÷ 8 = 98760 ÷ 8 = 12345.
• 1st = 1
• 2nd = 1 + 2 = 3
• 3rd = 3 + 3 = 6
• 4th = 6 + 4 = 10
• (a) 5th triangular number: 10 + 5 = 15.
• (b) 6th triangular number: 15 + 6 = 21.
• To get a larger side sum (10), place the three largest numbers at the corners: 4, 5, and 6.
• Side between 4 and 5: needs 10 - (4+5) = 1.
• Side between 5 and 6: wait, 5 + 6 = 11 > 10. Let's arrange corners as 1, 2, 4 or 2, 3, 5.
• Let corners be 1, 3, 6:
- Between 1 and 3: place 6? No, 1+3+6 = 10.
- Corners: 2, 4, 6? Wait: 2+3+5=10, 4+5+1=10, 2+6+2... Corners are 1, 2, 3 with sum 9; corners 4, 5, 6 have sum 12. For sum 10, corners are 1, 2, 3 (not sum 10) or 2, 3, 4 or 1, 4, 5. If corners are 2, 3, 5: sides sum = 10!
• Step 1: 28 + 82 = 110 (not a palindrome).
• Step 2: 110 + 011 = 121.
• 121 is a palindrome (reads same forward and backward). It took 2 steps.
• (a) Decoding 'XLOOHCSX': Remove X's → LOOHCS. Reverse letters → SCHOOL.
• (b) Encoding 'FRIEND': Reverse letters → DNEIRF. Add X at start and end → XDNEIRFX.
• (a) 1 + 3 = 4 (2²).
• (b) 3 + 6 = 9 (3²).
• (c) 6 + 10 = 16 (4²).
• (d) Conclusion: The sum of any two consecutive triangular numbers is always a Square Number!
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Can You See the Pattern?
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Can You See the Pattern? in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 8: Mapping Your Way
नक्शा (इंडिया गेट, राजपथ, सेंट्रल हेक्सागन एवं नक्शे का पैमाना)
- Reading and interpreting scaled architectural maps and ground plans.
- The Central Hexagon of New Delhi: Angles at the central vertex and Rajpath axis.
- Map Scale Ratios: e.g., 1 cm = 1 km or 1 cm = 2 km.
- Enlarging and reducing maps on grid paper without altering proportional shapes.
- Given Scale: $1\text{ cm} = 200\text{ km}$.
• (a) Delhi to Jaipur: Distance = 1.3 cm × 200 km/cm = 260 km.
• (b) Delhi to Bhopal on map: Map distance = 600 km ÷ 200 km/cm = 3 cm.
• (a) Janpath and Rajpath: They intersect perpendicularly, forming a Right Angle (90°).
• (b) Man Singh Road and Ashoka Road: The road junction forms an Obtuse Angle (greater than 90°).
• (c) Acute angle intersection: Man Singh Road and Shahjahan Road (or Akbar Road and Tilak Marg near the C-Hexagon) meet at an Acute Angle (less than 90°).
• (a) Properties: A hexagon has 6 sides and 6 vertices.
• (b) Total distance (Perimeter): 6 sides × 150 metres = 900 metres.
• (a) Side length scaling: 1 cm ÷ 0.5 cm = 2 times larger.
• (b) Area scaling: When each linear side is multiplied by 2, the area becomes 2 × 2 = 4 times larger.
• (a) Ground distance: 16 cm ÷ 2 cm/km = 8 km.
• (b) Time taken: Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 8 km ÷ 4 km/h = 2 hours.
• (a) Top of map: North.
• (b) Right turn from East: Turning 90° clockwise from East points towards South.
• (c) Western coastal states: Gujarat and Maharashtra (also Goa, Karnataka, Kerala).
• (a) Detailed map: Map 1 (large-scale map where 1 cm represents only 10 m, showing fine features like school grounds or building plans).
• (b) Regional/country map: Map 2 (small-scale map where 1 cm represents 1 km or more).
• (a) Direction: Travelling from Haryana (North) to Tamil Nadu (South) is travelling towards the South.
• (b) States bordering MP: Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, and Chhattisgarh (also Maharashtra, Gujarat).
• (a) Actual dimensions:
- Length = 6 cm × 5 m/cm = 30 metres.
- Width = 4 cm × 5 m/cm = 20 metres.
• (b) Actual area: 30 m × 20 m = 600 sq metres.
• (a) Total distance: 200 m + 150 m = 350 metres.
• (b) Distance on map: 350 m ÷ 50 m/cm = 7 cm.
Kolkata is located at the northern tip of the Bay of Bengal, while Port Blair is located towards the south-east in the Andaman Sea. Therefore, the ship sails in a South-East direction.
• (a) Alignment: Both share row number 3, so they lie along the same horizontal row.
• (b) Grid units apart: Column B to column D is: C, D = 2 grid units apart.
• If we choose 1 cm = 4 metres:
- Length on paper = 80 ÷ 4 = 20 cm.
- Width on paper = 40 ÷ 4 = 10 cm.
• Since 20 cm fits easily within the 25 cm sheet, the scale 1 cm = 4 metres (or 1 cm = 5 metres) is perfectly suitable.
• Actual width = 3.5 cm × 100 m/cm = 350 metres.
1. Place one end of a cotton thread precisely at the starting point of the curved road on the map.
2. Carefully lay the thread along all bends, curves, and turns of the road, holding it down with your fingers or pins.
3. Mark the thread with a pen at the ending point of the road.
4. Straighten the thread along a standard ruler to measure its length in centimetres.
5. Multiply the measured length by the map scale to calculate the real ground distance.
• (a) Between North and East: North-East (NE).
• (b) Between South and East: South-East (SE).
• (c) Between South and West: South-West (SW).
• (d) Between North and West: North-West (NW).
1. Ground distance = 8 cm × 60 km/cm = 480 km.
2. Time taken = Distance ÷ Speed = 480 km ÷ 80 km/h = 6 hours.
• Route A: Time = 12 km ÷ 24 km/h = 0.5 hours = 30 minutes.
• Route B: Time = 18 km ÷ 54 km/h = 1/3 hour = 20 minutes.
• Conclusion: Route B (Bypass) is faster by 10 minutes, even though it is longer in distance.
• (a) In front: East (where sun rises).
• (b) Behind you: West.
• (c) Left hand: North.
• (d) Right hand: South.
• (a) Side on map: √4 = 2 cm.
• (b) Actual side length: 2 cm × 50 m/cm = 100 metres.
• (c) Actual ground area: 100 m × 100 m = 10,000 sq metres.
A ruler measures the straight-line displacement ('as the crow flies'). In reality, highways must navigate natural terrain (mountains, rivers, valleys) and avoid settlements by having curves, turns, detours, and flyovers, making the driving road distance longer than the straight line.
• Purpose: A legend explains the meanings of different colours, lines, and symbols used on the map so readers can interpret features accurately.
• Three Symbols:
1. Blue colour: Water bodies (rivers, lakes, seas).
2. Black dashed lines with crossbars: Railway tracks.
3. Green areas: Forests, parks, or agricultural land.
• (a) Format: 2 cm = 5 km, so 1 cm = 2.5 km.
• (b) In metres: 2.5 km = 2.5 × 1,000 m = 2,500 metres per 1 cm.
• Leg 1: 4 km North.
• Leg 2: 3 km East.
• Leg 3 (return): 5 km.
• Total driving distance: 4 + 3 + 5 = 12 km.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Mapping Your Way
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Mapping Your Way in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 9: Boxes and Sketches
डिब्बे और रेखाचित्र (त्रिविमीय आकृतियाँ, जालक एवं गहरे चित्र)
- 2D representations of 3D objects: Floor maps vs Deep drawings (perspective views).
- Nets of a cube: A 2D pattern of 6 equal squares that can be folded to form a hollow cube.
- Opposite faces of a standard dice always add up to 7 (1+6, 2+5, 3+4).
- Open boxes (nets with 5 squares) vs closed boxes (nets with 6 squares).
- (a) Bottom face: Opposite to 3 is $7 - 3 = \mathbf{4}$.
- (b) Back face: Opposite to 1 is $7 - 1 = \mathbf{6}$.
- (c) Folding validity: No, because on a standard die opposite faces must sum to 7. Here $4 + 2 = 6 \neq 7$. Opposite to 4 must be 3, and opposite to 2 must be 5.
• (a) Net definition: A 2-dimensional flat pattern of polygons that can be cut and folded along edges to form a 3-dimensional solid shape.
• (b) 3D Shape formed: An open cuboid box (or cube if sides are equal).
• (c) Cuboid properties: A closed cuboid box has 6 faces, 12 edges, and 8 vertices.
• (a) Faces: A cube has exactly 6 square faces.
• (b) Single row test: No, 6 squares in a single straight line cannot fold into a cube. Folding a strip of 6 squares only creates a hollow cylinder with 4 sides, overlapping the remaining 2 squares, leaving the top and bottom open with no lids.
• (a) Opposite to 1: 7 - 1 = 6.
• (b) Opposite to 3: 7 - 3 = 4.
• (c) Opposite to 5: 7 - 5 = 2.
• (a) Floor Map: A 2D top-down plan showing the layout of rooms, doors, and walls as flat outlines.
• (b) Deep Drawing: A 3-dimensional perspective drawing that shows length, width, and height, making the house look realistic like a picture.
• (c) Reason: A floor map only views from directly above (bird's-eye view), so vertical height is invisible. A deep drawing shows side walls and elevations, displaying window height and position clearly.
1. Check that the front door is positioned on the left side of the front wall.
2. Check that the window appears on the right side of the front wall.
3. Check the side walls to confirm whether windows shown on the floor map are visible or obscured by perspective angles.
• (a) Top View: Shows two parallel straight tracks or road surface with crossing railway sleepers, appearing as a long rectangle.
• (b) Front View: Shows the cross-section of the roadbed supported by vertical pillars with empty space below.
• (c) Side View: Shows a row of vertical pillars supporting a horizontal deck across the span, resembling a colonnade.
• (a) Cylinder curved surface: A Rectangle (when rolled, the length becomes the circumference of the circle).
• (b) Cone net: A Sector of a circle (pie-slice shape).
In a realistic 3D perspective drawing of an opaque cube, you can see at most 3 faces at one time (the top face and two adjacent side faces). The other 3 faces remain hidden at the back and bottom.
• An open box without a lid has 5 square faces (1 bottom and 4 vertical sides).
• A common net shape is a cross shape: 1 central base square with 4 squares attached to its four edges.
• (a) Total cubes: Volume = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 unit cubes.
• (b) Cubes painted on 3 faces: Only the 8 corner cubes have three exposed faces painted red.
• Faces: 2 triangles + 3 rectangles = 5 faces.
• Edges: 3 on top triangle + 3 on bottom triangle + 3 connecting vertical edges = 9 edges.
• Vertices: 3 corners on each triangle = 6 vertices.
• Bridge span: 6 matchboxes.
• Supports: 2 piles of 3 matchboxes = 2 × 3 = 6 matchboxes.
• Total matchboxes: 6 + 6 = 12 matchboxes.
• Isometric dot paper has dots arranged in equilateral triangular grids.
• It allows artists to draw receding parallel lines at 30° angles to show true 3D depth and proportion without distortion, making edges of equal length look natural in 3D.
• (a) Net description: A central square with 4 identical triangles attached to each of its four edges (resembling a 4-pointed star).
• (b) Edges: 4 edges on the square base + 4 slanting edges meeting at the top vertex = 8 edges.
• (a) Top View: You see concentric circles (the circular rim and base).
• (b) Side View: You see a rectangle (or trapezoid if the glass is tapered).
• Area of one square face = 4 cm × 4 cm = 16 sq cm.
• A cube has 6 faces.
• Total paper area needed: 6 × 16 sq cm = 96 sq cm.
• Only the 1 central core cube (at row 2, column 2, layer 2) has no exposed faces to the outside.
• Therefore, exactly 1 cube is completely hidden.
• Faces: 1 continuous curved surface (no flat faces).
• Edges: 0 edges (no straight or sharp boundaries).
• Vertices: 0 vertices (no corners).
• (a) Side View: A stepped zigzag outline (staircase profile showing 4 risers and 4 treads).
• (b) Top View: A single large rectangle divided into 4 equal parallel horizontal strips (the steps).
1. The second square acts as the base.
2. The left and right squares fold upwards at 90° to form the left and right walls.
3. The top square folds down to form the front wall.
4. The two bottom squares fold up: the third square forms the back wall and the fourth square folds over the top to form the lid. This perfectly closes all 6 faces of the cube.
1. Dimensions: 2D shapes have only 2 dimensions (length and width). 3D shapes have 3 dimensions (length, width, and height/depth).
2. Flatness: 2D shapes are completely flat and lie entirely within a plane. 3D shapes occupy physical space in the real world.
3. Measurement: 2D shapes are measured by Area (sq units). 3D shapes are measured by Volume (cubic units).
• (a) Cube: F = 6, V = 8, E = 12.
Calculation: 6 + 8 - 12 = 14 - 12 = 2 (Verified!).
• (b) Triangular Prism: F = 5, V = 6, E = 9.
Calculation: 5 + 6 - 9 = 11 - 9 = 2 (Verified!).
• lb = 30 × 18 = 540 sq cm.
• bh = 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm.
• hl = 12 × 30 = 360 sq cm.
• Sum = 540 + 216 + 360 = 1,116 sq cm.
• Total Surface Area = 2 × 1,116 = 2,232 sq cm.
• (a) Cone base: A flat Circle.
• (b) Cylinder flat faces: Exactly 2 flat circular faces (one top, one bottom).
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Boxes and Sketches
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Boxes and Sketches in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 10: Tenths and Hundredths
दसवाँ और सौवाँ भाग (दशमलव, मिलीमीटर-सेंटीमीटर एवं मुद्रा गणना)
- Understanding Decimals: Tenths (1/10 = 0.1) and Hundredths (1/100 = 0.01).
- Length measurement: 1 cm = 10 mm ⇒ 1 mm = 0.1 cm.
- Currency notation: 1 Rupee = 100 paise ⇒ 1 paisa = ₹0.01; 75 paise = ₹0.75.
- Temperature reading and comparing decimal values across different Indian cities.
- (a) 4 cm 8 mm: Since $1\text{ mm} = 0.1\text{ cm}$, $8\text{ mm} = 0.8\text{ cm}$. Total = $4 + 0.8 = \mathbf{4.8\text{ cm}}$.
- (b) 75 paise: Since $100\text{ paise} = ₹1$, $75\text{ paise} = \frac{75}{100} = \mathbf{₹0.75}$.
- (c) 3 m 45 cm: Since $100\text{ cm} = 1\text{ m}$, $45\text{ cm} = 0.45\text{ m}$. Total = $3 + 0.45 = \mathbf{3.45\text{ m}}$.
- (d) 5 mm: $\frac{5}{10} = \mathbf{0.5\text{ cm}}$.
• (a) Millimetres in 1 cm: 10 millimetres (10 mm).
• (b) Fraction: 1 mm = 1/10 of a cm.
• (c) Decimal notation: 3 cm + 6/10 cm = 3.6 cm.
• (a) Gold Frog in mm: 0.9 cm = 0.9 × 10 = 9 mm.
• (b) Number of Gold Frogs: 30.5 cm ÷ 0.9 cm ≈ 305 ÷ 9 = 33.88 (about 33 or 34 frogs).
(a) 50 paise
(b) 75 paise
(c) 5 paise
(d) 250 paise Textbook Exercise • Money in Decimals (Paise to Rupee) 4 Marks
• (a) 50 paise = 50 ÷ 100 = ₹0.50.
• (b) 75 paise = 75 ÷ 100 = ₹0.75.
• (c) 5 paise = 5 ÷ 100 = ₹0.05 (note the zero in tenths place!).
• (d) 250 paise = 250 ÷ 100 = ₹2.50.
• Chennai: 29.9°C
• Mumbai: 35.1°C
• Srinagar: 8.1°C
• Jaipur: 37.9°C
(a) Which place was the hottest at 3 PM? (b) Which place was the coolest? (c) How much higher was Mumbai's temperature than Srinagar's? Textbook Exercise • City Temperature Readings 3 Marks
• (a) Hottest place: Jaipur (37.9°C).
• (b) Coolest place: Srinagar (8.1°C).
• (c) Difference between Mumbai and Srinagar: 35.1°C - 8.1°C = 27.0°C higher.
• (a) Longest jump: Rehana (4.50 m).
• (b) Difference: 4.50 m - 3.50 m = 1.00 m = 1 metre (or 100 cm).
• 1 US Dollar ($) = ₹75.00
• 1 Euro (€) = ₹85.00
• 1 Kuwaiti Dinar = ₹250.00
(a) Arun's aunt sent him $10 from USA. How much money is that in Indian Rupees? (b) Majid's father works in Kuwait and gets 100 Dinars as salary. How much is his salary in Indian Rupees? Textbook Exercise • Foreign Currency Exchange 3 Marks
• (a) $10 in Rupees: 10 × ₹75 = ₹750.
• (b) 100 Kuwaiti Dinars in Rupees: 100 × ₹250 = ₹25,000.
(a) 7/10
(b) 45/100
(c) 3/100
(d) 1 4/10 Textbook Exercise • Fractions to Decimals 4 Marks
• (a) 7/10 = 0.7.
• (b) 45/100 = 0.45.
• (c) 3/100 = 0.03.
• (d) 1 4/10 = 1 + 0.4 = 1.4.
(a) 0.6
(b) 0.25
(c) 0.08 Textbook Exercise • Decimals to Fractions in Lowest Terms 3 Marks
• (a) 0.6 = 6/10 = 3/5 (dividing by 2).
• (b) 0.25 = 25/100 = 1/4 (dividing by 25).
• (c) 0.08 = 8/100 = 2/25 (dividing by 4).
(a) 0.5 and 0.05
(b) 3.45 and 3.54
(c) 1.20 and 1.2
(d) 0.89 and 0.9 Textbook Exercise • Comparing Decimals 4 Marks
• (a) 0.5 & 0.05: 5 tenths > 0 tenths. 0.5 > 0.05.
• (b) 3.45 & 3.54: 4 tenths < 5 tenths. 3.45 < 3.54.
• (c) 1.20 & 1.2: Trailing zeros do not change value. 1.20 = 1.2.
• (d) 0.89 & 0.9: 0.89 < 0.90 (8 tenths < 9 tenths). 0.89 < 0.9.
(a) What is the place value of digit 6?
(b) What is the place value of digit 8?
(c) Write 45.68 in expanded form. Textbook Exercise • Place Value in Decimals 3 Marks
• (a) Digit 6: In tenths place = 6/10 = 0.6.
• (b) Digit 8: In hundredths place = 8/100 = 0.08.
• (c) Expanded form: 40 + 5 + 6/10 + 8/100 (or 40 + 5 + 0.6 + 0.08).
• (a) Total Bill:
25.75
+ 12.50
+ 4.25
= ₹42.50.
• (b) Change received: ₹50.00 - ₹42.50 = ₹7.50.
• (a) 15.40 - 8.75:
15.40 - 8.75 = 6.65.
• (b) 100.00 - 45.65:
100.00 - 45.65 = 54.35.
(a) 15 cm
(b) 6 cm
(c) 2 m 45 cm
(d) 9 m 7 cm Textbook Exercise • Metres and Centimetres in Decimals 4 Marks
• (a) 15 cm = 15 ÷ 100 = 0.15 m.
• (b) 6 cm = 6 ÷ 100 = 0.06 m.
• (c) 2 m 45 cm = 2 + 0.45 = 2.45 m.
• (d) 9 m 7 cm = 9 + 0.07 = 9.07 m.
(a) 500 g
(b) 250 g
(c) 50 g
(d) 4 kg 75 g Textbook Exercise • Kilograms and Grams in Decimals 4 Marks
• (a) 500 g = 500 ÷ 1000 = 0.5 kg.
• (b) 250 g = 250 ÷ 1000 = 0.25 kg.
• (c) 50 g = 50 ÷ 1000 = 0.05 kg.
• (d) 4 kg 75 g = 4 + 75/1000 = 4.075 kg.
• Temperature fall = 28.5°C - 19.8°C = 8.7°C.
• New height = 1.42 m + 0.08 m = 1.50 metres (or 1.5 m).
• (a) 1 small square: Fraction = 1/100, Decimal = 0.01.
• (b) 38 shaded squares: 38/100 = 0.38.
• (c) Unshaded region: 100 - 38 = 62 squares. Decimal = 62/100 = 0.62.
• Length = End mark - Start mark = 6.7 cm - 2.4 cm = 4.3 cm (or 43 mm).
(a) 4.56 × 10
(b) 0.07 × 100
(c) 3.8 ÷ 10 Textbook Exercise • Multiplying Decimals by 10, 100 3 Marks
• (a) 4.56 × 10: Move decimal 1 place right = 45.6.
• (b) 0.07 × 100: Move decimal 2 places right = 7.
• (c) 3.8 ÷ 10: Move decimal 1 place left = 0.38.
(a) 7.3
(b) 12.8
(c) 24.5 Textbook Exercise • Rounding Off Decimals 3 Marks
• (a) 7.3: Tenths digit is 3 (< 5), rounds down to 7.
• (b) 12.8: Tenths digit is 8 (≥ 5), rounds up to 13.
• (c) 24.5: Tenths digit is 5 (halfway), standard rule rounds up to 25.
• Cost = 5 × ₹96.50 = ₹482.50.
0.4, 0.04, 0.44, 4.04, 0.004. Textbook Exercise • Ordering Decimals Ascending 2 Marks
• Converting to thousandths: 0.004, 0.040, 0.400, 0.440, 4.040.
• Ascending order: 0.004 < 0.04 < 0.4 < 0.44 < 4.04.
• Water remaining = 2.75 - 1.25 = 1.50 litres (or 1.5 litres).
• 3.7 lies between whole numbers 3 and 4.
• Since the tenths digit is 7 (> 5), it is closer to 4.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Tenths and Hundredths
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Tenths and Hundredths in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 11: Area and its Boundary
क्षेत्रफल और घेरा (परिमाप, डाक टिकट क्षेत्रफल एवं राजा का सोने का तार)
- Perimeter = Total length of the boundary: P = 2 × (L + B) for rectangles, P = 4 × S for squares.
- Area = Measure of region enclosed: A = L × B for rectangles, A = S × S for squares.
- Shapes with the SAME perimeter can enclose DIFFERENT areas.
- A square encloses the maximum area for any given rectangular perimeter.
(a) Find the area of each child's land.
(b) Who got the land with the longest boundary (perimeter)? Textbook Exercise • Land Division among Three Children 4 Marks
• (a) Areas:
- Nasreen: 5 m × 6 m = 30 sq m.
- Shahid: 3 m × 10 m = 30 sq m.
- Zaid: 2 m × 15 m = 30 sq m.
• (b) Boundaries (Perimeter = 2 × (l + b)):
- Nasreen: 2 × (5 + 6) = 2 × 11 = 22 metres.
- Shahid: 2 × (3 + 10) = 2 × 13 = 26 metres.
- Zaid: 2 × (2 + 15) = 2 × 17 = 34 metres.
• Zaid got the land with the longest boundary (34 metres).
1. Fold the postcard in half along its length.
2. Cut narrow parallel slits starting alternately from the folded edge and from the open edge, leaving a small 2 mm margin at each turn so the strip is not severed completely.
3. Cut open the folds of the inner loops (leaving the two end loops intact).
4. Pull the paper gently: the thin cuts unfold into a huge continuous zigzag paper belt with a perimeter exceeding 2 to 3 metres, allowing a child or adult to step right through!
• (a) Wire length: Perimeter of 1 round = 4 × 40 m = 160 m. For 4 rounds = 4 × 160 = 640 metres.
• (b) Cost of fencing: 640 m × ₹15 = ₹9,600.
• (c) Cost of ploughing: Area = 40 m × 40 m = 1,600 sq m. Cost = 1,600 × ₹2 = ₹3,200.
• Perimeter = 2 × (Length + Width) = 2 × (5.5 + 1.2) = 2 × 6.7 = 13.4 metres.
• (a) Perimeters:
- Plot A: 2 × (10 + 8) = 2 × 18 = 36 m.
- Plot B: 2 × (12 + 6) = 2 × 18 = 36 m. (Verified!).
• (b) Areas:
- Area of Plot A = 10 × 8 = 80 sq m.
- Area of Plot B = 12 × 6 = 72 sq m.
• (c) Conclusion: Plot A gives 80 - 72 = 8 sq m more area (shapes closer to a square maximize area!).
1. Area of hall floor = 15 m × 8 m = 120 sq metres.
2. Area of square carpet = 6 m × 6 m = 36 sq metres.
3. Bare floor area: 120 - 36 = 84 sq metres.
• (a) Square: Side = 20 ÷ 4 = 5 cm. Area = 5 × 5 = 25 sq cm.
• (b) Rectangle: Width = 4 cm. Length = (20 ÷ 2) - 4 = 10 - 4 = 6 cm. Area = 6 × 4 = 24 sq cm.
• (c) Conclusion: The Square has greater area by 1 sq cm.
• Wall length = 3 m = 300 cm; Wall height = 2 m = 200 cm.
• Area of wall = 300 × 200 = 60,000 sq cm.
• Area of 1 tile = 20 × 20 = 400 sq cm.
• Number of tiles: 60,000 ÷ 400 = 150 tiles.
• (a) Side length: Side = √144 = 12 metres.
• (b) Perimeter: 4 × Side = 4 × 12 = 48 metres.
• (a) Square area: 10 cm × 10 cm = 100 sq cm.
• (b) Triangle area: 100 sq cm ÷ 4 = 25 sq cm each.
• Perimeter of 1 lap = 2 × (120 + 80) = 2 × 200 = 400 metres.
• 5 laps = 5 × 400 = 2,000 metres.
• In kilometres = 2,000 ÷ 1,000 = 2 kilometres.
• Total wall area = 5 × 3 = 15 sq m.
• Window area = 1.5 × 1 = 1.5 sq m.
• (a) Area to paint: 15 - 1.5 = 13.5 sq metres.
• (b) Painting cost: 13.5 × ₹40 = ₹540.
• Half perimeter (l + w) = 180 ÷ 2 = 90 metres.
• Width = 90 - 55 = 35 metres.
• Area = Length × Width = 55 m × 35 m = 1,925 sq metres.
• (a) Wire length (Perimeter): 2 × (18 + 12) = 2 × 30 = 60 cm.
• (b) Side of square: 60 ÷ 4 = 15 cm.
• (c) Area comparison:
- Rectangle area = 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm.
- Square area = 15 × 15 = 225 sq cm.
The Square encloses more area by 225 - 216 = 9 sq cm.
• Total garden area = 25 × 25 = 625 sq m.
• Pond area = 5 × 5 = 25 sq m.
• Turfed area = 625 - 25 = 600 sq m.
• Total expense: 600 × ₹50 = ₹30,000.
• Original: Perimeter = 2(6+4) = 20 cm; Area = 6×4 = 24 sq cm.
• New dimensions: Length = 18 cm, Width = 12 cm.
• (a) New Perimeter: 2(18+12) = 60 cm (3 times larger).
• (b) New Area: 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm (9 times larger, since 3² = 9).
• (a) Dimensions: Length = 80 + 80 = 160 cm; Width = 80 cm.
• (b) Perimeter: 2 × (160 + 80) = 2 × 240 = 480 cm.
• (c) Perimeter double test: Individual desk perimeter = 4 × 80 = 320 cm. Double would be 640 cm. The perimeter did NOT double because two 80 cm edges are joined internally and no longer form part of the boundary.
• Total perimeter = 2 × (150 + 100) = 2 × 250 = 500 metres.
• Total opening for 2 gates = 2 × 5 m = 10 metres.
• Fencing wire needed: 500 - 10 = 490 metres.
• Footpath: 50 m = 5,000 cm; 2 m = 200 cm.
• (a) Area in sq cm: 5,000 × 200 = 1,000,000 sq cm (or 100 sq m).
• (b) Slabs needed: Area of 1 slab = 50 × 50 = 2,500 sq cm.
Number of slabs = 1,000,000 ÷ 2,500 = 400 slabs.
• Area of Stamp A = 4 × 3 = 12 sq cm.
• Area of Stamp B = 6 × 2 = 12 sq cm.
• Area of Stamp C = 5 × 2.5 = 12.5 sq cm.
• Stamp C covers the largest area (12.5 sq cm).
• Perimeter = 45 + 60 + 35 + 50 + 40 = 230 metres.
• Total cost = 230 m × ₹12 = ₹2,760.
• (a) For 1 cushion: 4 × 45 cm = 180 cm.
• (b) For 6 cushions: 6 × 180 cm = 1,080 cm.
• In metres = 1,080 ÷ 100 = 10.8 metres.
• Area of 1 pane = 15 × 15 = 225 sq cm.
• (a) Total area: 16 × 225 = 3,600 sq cm.
• (b) Outer dimensions: 16 square panes arranged as 4 × 4 grid.
Window side = 4 × 15 cm = 60 cm.
Perimeter = 4 × 60 cm = 240 cm.
• Perimeter: Measures the total 1-dimensional length of the surrounding boundary line. It is a distance, so it is measured in linear units (cm, m).
• Area: Measures the 2-dimensional surface region enclosed inside the boundary. It counts how many unit squares (1 cm × 1 cm or 1 m × 1 m) fit inside, so it is measured in square units (sq cm, sq m).
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Area and its Boundary
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Area and its Boundary in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 12: Smart Charts
स्मार्ट चार्ट (चपाती चार्ट / पाई चार्ट, टैली चिह्न एवं पेड़ आरेख)
- Tally marks for rapid counting: 5 is represented by four vertical lines and one cross slash (||||).
- Chapati Chart (Pie Chart / Circle Graph): Representing portions of a whole as sectors (1/2, 1/4, 1/8).
- Growth bar graphs: Tracking seed/plant growth over consecutive days.
- Family trees and generation tracking.
- Total students: 40.
- (a) Cricket: $\frac{1}{2} \times 40 = \mathbf{20\text{ students}}$.
- (b) Football: $\frac{1}{4} \times 40 = \mathbf{10\text{ students}}$.
- (c) Badminton: $\frac{1}{4} \times 40 = \mathbf{10\text{ students}}$.
(a) Draw the tally marks for Cycle (28) and Bus (15) using NCERT box notation.
(b) Write the total number of vehicles that passed by in half an hour.
(c) Which vehicle was observed the most? Textbook Exercise • Tally Marks (Traffic Survey) 4 Marks
• (a) Tally Marks (each complete 5-box is 4 sides + 1 diagonal):
- Cycle (28): 5 complete boxes of five + 3 lines (5 × 5 + 3 = 28).
- Bus (15): 3 complete boxes of five (5 × 3 = 15).
• (b) Total vehicles: 28 + 12 + 18 + 15 + 24 + 6 = 103 vehicles.
• (c) Most observed vehicle: Cycle (28).
• 1/2 of the children like playing sports.
• 1/4 of the children like watching TV.
• 1/4 of the children like reading books.
(a) How many children like playing sports?
(b) How many children like watching TV?
(c) How many children like reading books? Textbook Exercise • Chapati Chart (Pie Chart / Circle Graph) 3 Marks
• (a) Sports (1/2): 1/2 of 40 = 40 ÷ 2 = 20 students.
• (b) Watching TV (1/4): 1/4 of 40 = 40 ÷ 4 = 10 students.
• (c) Reading books (1/4): 1/4 of 40 = 40 ÷ 4 = 10 students.
• Year 0: 10 rabbits
• Year 1: 18 rabbits (almost double)
• Year 2: 32 rabbits
• Year 3: 58 rabbits
• Year 4: 108 rabbits
(a) Is the rabbit population growing by adding a fixed number or by multiplying? (b) Predict the approximate number of rabbits in Year 5. Textbook Exercise • Rabbit Population Growth Table 3 Marks
• (a) Growth nature: The population is multiplying / almost doubling each year (each year's count is a little less than double the previous year: 10×2-2=18, 18×2-4=32, 32×2-6=58, 58×2-8=108).
• (b) Year 5 prediction: Approximately double of 108 minus 10 ≈ 216 - 10 = around 200 to 210 rabbits.
• Day 0: 0 cm
• Day 4: 1.4 cm
• Day 8: 5.3 cm
• Day 12: 9.5 cm
• Day 16: 10.9 cm
• Day 20: 11.1 cm
(a) Between which days did the plant grow the fastest? (b) What was the total growth of the plant in 20 days? Textbook Exercise • Plant Growth Bar Graph 3 Marks
• Day 0 to 4: 1.4 - 0 = 1.4 cm.
• Day 4 to 8: 5.3 - 1.4 = 3.9 cm.
• Day 8 to 12: 9.5 - 5.3 = 4.2 cm (fastest!).
• Day 12 to 16: 10.9 - 9.5 = 1.4 cm.
• Day 16 to 20: 11.1 - 10.9 = 0.2 cm.
• (a) Fastest growth: Between Day 8 and Day 12 (grew 4.2 cm).
• (b) Total growth: 11.1 - 0 = 11.1 cm.
(a) How many children were surveyed in total? (b) Which chore do the most children help with? (c) What fraction of children help with going to the market (approximate)? Textbook Exercise • Helping Hands at Home Survey 3 Marks
• (a) Total children: 47 + 15 + 3 + 25 + 10 = 100 children.
• (b) Most helped chore: Going to market (47 children).
• (c) Market fraction: 47/100 ≈ almost 1/2 of the children (about 47%).
• (a) Total absentees: 2 + 1 + 3 + 4 + 2 = 12 students.
• (b) Highest absentees: Class 4 (4 students absent).
(a) How many students prefer Chocolate ice cream?
(b) How many more students prefer Mango than Strawberry?
(c) What is the total number of students? Textbook Exercise • Favorite Ice Cream Pictograph 3 Marks
• (a) Chocolate: 5 × 10 = 50 students.
• (b) Mango vs Strawberry: (4 - 2) × 10 = 2 × 10 = 20 more students.
• (c) Total students: (3 + 5 + 4 + 2) × 10 = 14 × 10 = 140 students.
• (a) Chennai (30°C): 30 ÷ 5 = 6 cm.
• (b) Shimla (5°C): 5 ÷ 5 = 1 cm.
• Size 5: 3 boys (|||)
• Size 6: 5 boys (🗎 with 5 lines)
• Size 7: 2 boys (||)
• Size 8: 1 boy (|)
• Most common size: Size 6 (occurs 5 times).
• (a) Total saplings: 12 + 18 + 15 + 25 + 10 = 80 saplings.
• (b) Average: Total ÷ Number of houses = 80 ÷ 5 = 16 saplings per house.
• (a) Walking fraction: 50% = 50/100 = 1/2.
• (b) Bicycle riders: 25% = 1/4 of total. 1/4 of 200 = 200 ÷ 4 = 50 students.
• (a) Most frequent outcome: Number 4 (turned up 7 times).
• (b) Least frequent outcome: Number 5 (turned up 3 times).
• (a) Maximum rainfall: August (300 mm).
• (b) Total rainfall: 120 + 250 + 300 + 180 = 850 mm.
• Highest mark = 95 (round up to 100).
• Available height = 10 cm.
• Scale: 100 ÷ 10 = 10 marks per cm. So 1 cm = 10 marks is the ideal scale (the tallest bar for Maths will be 9.5 cm high).
• 1 = 1 vertical line (|)
• 2 = 2 lines forming a right angle (L)
• 3 = 3 sides of a square (U)
• 4 = A complete square (4 sides: 🗆)
• 5 = A square with a diagonal slash crossing it (🗎).
This creates easy-to-read bundles of 5.
• Storybooks = 250.
• Total books = 600.
• Fraction = 250/600 = 25/60 = 5/12 of total books.
• Maths: 85 - 65 = 20 marks improvement.
• English: 75 - 70 = 5 marks improvement.
• Science: 80 - 60 = 20 marks improvement.
Rohit showed the maximum improvement of 20 marks equally in Maths and Science.
• Pattern: Increases by 5 minutes each day.
• Total time: 20 + 25 + 30 + 35 + 40 = 150 minutes.
• In hours = 150 ÷ 60 = 2 hours and 30 minutes (2.5 hours).
• Bananas = 40 kg; Total = 80 kg.
• Fraction = 40/80 = 1/2 (half of all fruits).
• Total Hindi readers = 30 families.
• Read both = 5 families.
• Only Hindi newspaper: 30 - 5 = 25 families.
• (a) Ratio: 35 : 45 = (35÷5) : (45÷5) = 7 : 9.
• (b) Equal sections: Total = 35 + 45 = 80 students. Each section needs 80 ÷ 2 = 40 students.
Transfer needed = 45 - 40 = 5 students.
• Maths: (24 ÷ 60) × 100 = 40%.
• Science: (18 ÷ 60) × 100 = 30%.
• Art: (12 ÷ 60) × 100 = 20%.
• English: (6 ÷ 60) × 100 = 10%.
• (a) Highest: 38°C.
• (b) Lowest: 30°C.
• (c) Range: Highest - Lowest = 38°C - 30°C = 8°C.
1. Instant Visual Understanding: Charts allow readers to grasp trends, comparisons, and peaks at a single glance without reading long tables.
2. Easy Comparison: Tall bars and large pie slices immediately show which category is largest or smallest without performing manual calculations.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Smart Charts
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Smart Charts in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 13: Ways to Multiply and Divide
गुणा और भाग के तरीके (बेला का गुणन, शांताराम का वेतन एवं दिन गणना)
- Bela's method of columnar multiplication using expanded place-value distributive property.
- Multiplying 2-digit and 3-digit numbers by multi-step partial products.
- Division algorithms: Quotients and remainders in commercial contexts.
- Daily wage calculation, monthly salaries, and yearly earnings.
- Total notebooks: 576.
- Total boxes: 18.
(a) The cook's salary for the month of January (31 days).
(b) The horse-keeper's salary for 1 full year (365 days).
(c) The minister's salary for 1 full year (365 days). Textbook Exercise • Maniratnam the Cashier (Daily Wage Multiplications) 4 Marks
• (a) Cook's salary for January: 31 × ₹65 = 31 × (60 + 5) = 1,860 + 155 = ₹2,015.
• (b) Horse-keeper's annual salary: 365 × ₹86 = 365 × (80 + 6) = 29,200 + 2,190 = ₹31,390.
• (c) Minister's annual salary: 365 × ₹195 = 365 × (200 - 5) = 73,000 - 1,825 = ₹71,175.
Split 19 = 10 + 9:
• Step 1: Multiply 47 by 9 = 47 × 9 = 423.
• Step 2: Multiply 47 by 10 = 47 × 10 = 470.
• Step 3: Add partial products = 423 + 470 = 893.
Therefore, 47 × 19 = 893.
• (a) Actual earnings: 28 × ₹165 = 28 × (100 + 60 + 5) = 2,800 + 1,680 + 140 = ₹4,620.
• (b) Full year earnings: 365 × ₹165 = 365 × (100 + 60 + 5) = 36,500 + 21,900 + 1,825 = ₹60,225.
• (a) 30 days: 30 × 8 = 240 glasses.
• (b) 1 year: 365 × 8 = 2,920 glasses.
• (c) 125 people in 1 day: 125 × 8 = 1,000 glasses.
• (a) In 1 hour (60 minutes): 72 × 60 = 4,320 beats.
• (b) In 1 day (24 hours): 4,320 × 24 = 4,320 × (20 + 4) = 86,400 + 17,280 = 1,03,680 beats.
• (a) Whale milk in 8 months:
- Total days = 8 × 30 = 240 days.
- Milk consumed = 240 × 200 litres = 48,000 litres.
• (b) Family consumption: 200 litres ÷ 2 litres/day = 100 days.
• Earnings = 52 × ₹98 = 52 × (100 - 2) = 5,200 - 104 = ₹5,096.
• (a) Total repayment: 10 × ₹2,400 = ₹24,000.
• (b) Interest charged: ₹24,000 - ₹20,000 = ₹4,000.
• Rice required = 576 × 15 kg = 576 × (10 + 5) = 5,760 + 2,880 = 8,640 kg.
• 250 ÷ 12 = 20 with remainder 10 (since 12 × 20 = 240, and 250 - 240 = 10).
• (a) Full boxes: 20 boxes.
• (b) Left over: 10 laddoos.
• (c) More needed for next box: 12 - 10 = 2 more laddoos.
• Number of families = 4,500 ÷ 150 = 450 ÷ 15 = 30 families.
1. Division: 678 ÷ 14 = 48 with remainder 6 (since 14 × 40 = 560; 118 ÷ 14 = 8 with remainder 6: 14 × 8 = 112, 118 - 112 = 6).
2. Verification:
- Divisor × Quotient = 14 × 48 = 672.
- Adding remainder: 672 + 6 = 678 (Dividend). (Verified!).
1. Remaining balance = ₹95,000 - ₹35,000 = ₹60,000.
2. Monthly installment = ₹60,000 ÷ 12 = ₹5,000 per month.
• 3,456 ÷ 24 = 144 cartons (24 × 100 = 2400; remainder 1056; 24 × 40 = 960; remainder 96; 24 × 4 = 96. Total = 100 + 40 + 4 = 144).
• Packets per hour = 14,400 ÷ 16 = 900 packets per hour.
• (a) Total passengers: 248 + 12 = 260 passengers.
• (b) Buses needed: 260 ÷ 45 = 5 with remainder 35 (since 45 × 5 = 225).
Since 35 passengers remain without seats, 1 extra bus must be hired.
Total buses needed = 5 + 1 = 6 buses.
• 245 × 2 = 490
• 245 × 30 = 7,350
• 245 × 100 = 24,500
• Sum: 490 + 7,350 + 24,500 = 32,340.
• 96 - 16 = 80 (1st)
• 80 - 16 = 64 (2nd)
• 64 - 16 = 48 (3rd)
• 48 - 16 = 32 (4th)
• 32 - 16 = 16 (5th)
• 16 - 16 = 0 (6th)
16 was subtracted exactly 6 times. Therefore, 96 ÷ 16 = 6.
• Expense = 366 × ₹425 = 366 × (400 + 25) = 146,400 + 9,150 = ₹1,55,550.
• Shop A: ₹225 ÷ 5 = ₹45 per kg.
• Shop B: ₹344 ÷ 8 = ₹43 per kg.
• Shop B is cheaper by ₹45 - ₹43 = ₹2 per kg.
• Share per brother = ₹72,960 ÷ 6 = ₹12,160.
• 48 rounds to 50; 73 rounds to 70.
• Estimated product: 50 × 70 = 3,500.
• Actual product: 48 × 73 = 3,504.
The estimated product (3,500) is remarkably close to the actual product (3,504), differing by only 4!
1. Total seats = 35 × 28 = 35 × (20 + 8) = 700 + 280 = 980 seats.
2. Total collection = 980 × ₹120 = 980 × (100 + 20) = 98,000 + 19,600 = ₹1,17,600.
(a) 48,000 ÷ 600
(b) 35,000 ÷ 70
(c) 8,100 ÷ 90 Textbook Exercise • Division of Multiples of 100 3 Marks
• (a) 48,000 ÷ 600 = 480 ÷ 6 = 80.
• (b) 35,000 ÷ 70 = 3,500 ÷ 7 = 500.
• (c) 8,100 ÷ 90 = 810 ÷ 9 = 90.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: Ways to Multiply and Divide
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Ways to Multiply and Divide in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.
Chapter 14: How Big? How Heavy?
कितना बड़ा? कितना भारी? (आयतन, घन सेमी, जल विस्थापन एवं भार तुलना)
- Volume is the 3D space occupied by an object: Volume of Cuboid = Length × Breadth × Height.
- Standard unit of volume: Cubic centimetre (cu cm or cm³).
- Water displacement method: Volume of an irregular solid = Volume of water displaced.
- Packing volume: Number of small unit cubes that can fit into a larger carton box.
- Given: Volume displaced by 6 marbles = 12 ml.
(a) How much water was displaced by all 9 marbles?
(b) What is the volume of 1 marble in mL?
(c) What is the volume in cubic centimetres (cm³) if 1 mL = 1 cm³? Textbook Exercise • Measuring Volume with Marbles 3 Marks
• (a) Displaced water: 68 mL - 50 mL = 18 mL.
• (b) Volume of 1 marble: 18 mL ÷ 9 marbles = 2 mL.
• (c) In cubic centimetres: 2 mL = 2 cm³.
• (a) Formula: Volume = Side × Side × Side = Side³.
• (b) Volume: 5 cm × 5 cm × 5 cm = 125 cm³.
• (c) Number of 1 cm unit cubes: 125 ÷ 1 = 125 cubes.
• (a) One matchbox: 5 cm × 3 cm × 1 cm = 15 cm³.
• (b) Packet of 12 matchboxes: 12 × 15 cm³ = 180 cm³.
• Method 1 (Dimensions fitting):
- Along 20 cm length: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 soaps.
- Along 10 cm width: 10 ÷ 5 = 2 soaps.
- Along 8 cm height: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 soaps.
- Total soaps = 4 × 2 × 2 = 16 soaps.
• Method 2 (Volume): Volume of carton = 20 × 10 × 8 = 1,600 cm³. Volume of 1 soap = 5 × 5 × 4 = 100 cm³. Number of soaps = 1,600 ÷ 100 = 16 soaps.
• (a) Total matchboxes: 14 matchboxes/layer × 3 layers = 42 matchboxes.
• (b) Total volume: 42 × 15 cm³ = 630 cm³.
• (a) Conversion: 9 kg = 9 × 1,000 = 9,000 grams.
• (b) Number of coins: 9,000 g ÷ 9 g/coin = 1,000 coins.
• (c) Monetary value: 1,000 coins × ₹5 = ₹5,000.
1. Total weight in grams = 4,000 g + 800 g = 4,800 grams.
2. Weight of 1 coin = 6 grams.
3. Number of coins = 4,800 ÷ 6 = 800 coins.
• (a) 1 litre = 1,000 mL.
• (b) 1 mL = 1 cm³.
• (c) 1 litre = 1,000 mL = 1,000 cm³.
• (a) Volume: 2 m × 1.5 m × 1 m = 3 cubic metres (3 m³).
• (b) Capacity in litres: 3 m³ × 1,000 litres/m³ = 3,000 litres.
• Textbooks: 4 × 350 g = 1,400 g.
• Notebooks: 5 × 150 g = 750 g.
• Water bottle: 800 g.
• Pencil box: 250 g.
• Sum in grams: 1,400 + 750 + 800 + 250 = 3,200 grams.
• In kg and g = 3 kg and 200 grams (3.2 kg).
• A submerged solid displaces an amount of water equal to its own volume.
• Volume of metal cube = 4 cm × 4 cm × 4 cm = 64 cm³.
• Since 1 cm³ = 1 mL, the volume of water displaced = 64 mL.
Therefore, 64 mL of water will overflow.
• Volume = Length × Width × Height = 45 × 25 × 20 cm³.
• 25 × 20 = 500.
• 45 × 500 = 22,500 cm³.
• (a) Weight of 1 grain: 2 g ÷ 100 = 0.02 grams.
• (b) Grains in 1 kg: 1,000 g ÷ 2 g = 500 packets of 100 grains.
Total grains = 500 × 100 = 50,000 grains.
• Along length: 12 ÷ 3 = 4 cubes.
• Along width: 9 ÷ 3 = 3 cubes.
• Along height: 6 ÷ 3 = 2 cubes.
• Total cubes: 4 × 3 × 2 = 24 cubes.
• (a) Volume: 10 × 6 × 15 = 900 cm³.
• (b) Capacity in litres: 900 cm³ = 900 mL = 900 ÷ 1,000 = 0.9 litres.
• (a) Original: 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 cm³.
• (b) New: 4 × 4 × 4 = 64 cm³.
• (c) Increase factor: 64 ÷ 8 = 8 times larger (since 2³ = 8).
• Volume of ice cube = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 cm³.
• Water occupies slightly less volume than ice because water expands when freezing. When 27 cm³ of ice melts, it produces about 25 mL of liquid water.
• Volume of earth dug = Length × Width × Depth = 4 m × 3 m × 2 m = 24 cubic metres (24 m³).
• Both have the exact same weight (1 kg).
• However, iron is very dense with closely packed particles, so 1 kg fits in a small space.
• Cotton is fluffy, porous, and contains a lot of trapped air, meaning its particles are loosely spread, so 1 kg occupies a huge physical space (large volume).
• Total weight = 100 × 4.85 g = 485 grams.
• Volume = 10 × 5 × 1.2 = 60 cubic metres.
• In litres = 60 × 1,000 litres = 60,000 litres.
• Volume of 1 brick = 20 × 10 × 8 = 1,600 cm³.
• Volume of 500 bricks = 500 × 1,600 = 800,000 cm³.
• In cubic metres: 1 m³ = 1,000,000 cm³.
• Volume = 800,000 ÷ 1,000,000 = 0.8 m³.
• 2 kg = 2,000 g.
• Weights on right pan = 2,000 + 500 + 200 + 200 = 2,900 grams (or 2 kg 900 g).
• Due to surface tension, water curves upwards slightly at the container edges, forming a concave curved surface called a meniscus.
• Looking from above or below introduces parallax error. Keeping your eye directly level with the lowest point of the meniscus ensures an accurate and true volume reading.
NEP 2020 Competency Case: How Big? How Heavy?
Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving How Big? How Heavy? in everyday life and community contexts.
Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.